You are on page 1of 117

EXERCISES IN

AT SIGHT & CONSECUTIVE

TRANSLATION
( from English into Arabic)

by
M. Enani

Revised
by

M. Abdel-Salam

Cairo, 2000
TRANSLATION
( from English into Arabic)

(5)TRANSLATION(314)
Translation 3
Table of Contents
Preface .......................................................................
5
How to study This Syllabus............................................... 7
Introduction ................................................................
11
I What is ‘at sight’ translation ? ............................... 11
II What is consecutive translation ? ............................ 14
III Methodology 21

PART ONE Exercises with key words in current


affairs for at sight translation : a dozen or so
words are chosen as the most essential in
today's current affairs language. 25
............................................
Unit One : access, action and advice. ........................... 29
Examples (access) (12)
exercises (4)
Examples (action) (12)
exercises (4)
Examples (advice) (11)
exercises (4)
Unit Two : control ................................................. 39
Examples (13)
exercises (4)
Unit Three : develop .............................................. 43
Examples (20)
exercises (6)
Unit Four : facility ............................................... 47
4 Translation
Examples (10)
exercises (6)
Unit Five : formula ................................................. 51
Examples (11)
exercises (7)
Unit Six : imply, involve ........................................... 55
Examples (6 and 14 respectively)
exercises (9)
Unit Seven : package, potential (possible, probable) .. 63
Examples (7 and 12 respectively)
exercises (14)
Unit Eight : practice / practise, promote / promotion ... 71
Examples (10 and 14 respectively)
exercises (19)

PART TWO Background .................................................


83
Introduction : Demolition and Dispossession : 85
the destruction of Palestinian homes .......
Unit Nine : Legal Background ................................ 89
Unit Ten : Jordanian Planning Law Number 79 of 1966 91
Unit Eleven : House Demolitions in the West Bank. .. 93
Unit Twelve : International Standards ........................ 95
Unit Thirteen : The Human Rights Committee's 97
Observations
Unit Fourteen : International Humanitarian Law .......... 99
Unit Fifteen : Conclusions and Recommendations ...... 101
Appendix : Translation of the 103
passages in Part II, and exercise number 10
of unit 6 in Part 1. ..
Translation 5

PREFACE

The purpose of this book is to provide the student of translation


with the required exercises in at sight and consecutive translation
(the latter is sometimes called ‘on sight’ with no change in
meaning). Ideally any such training should be conducted in a
language lab., but small-group practice under supervision,
preferably with ready guidance from a teacher, may be adequate. In
other words, this is a kind of translation exercise that requires full
participation by the students : each one should handle the exercises
orally before checking the translation for accuracy against the
suggested texts given in the Appendix or in the light of any
instructions appended. Orality constitutes a problem for the kind of
remote learning used in the open university (or open education)
system; but the student may be able to use a tape recorder or enlist
the services of a fellow student in checking the accuracy of his
translation (more of this later – in Methodology). The use of a tape
recorder is certainly much better for it teaches the student how to
correct his or her own mistakes and to accept the fact that, no
matter how clever you are, mistakes will be made in either kind of
‘speedy’ translation. Initially the exercises will be in
English-Arabic translation, as Arabic being the native language of
all the students, is more likely to be used correctly and
idiomatically by the ‘speaking translator’ than English. Only at a
much more advanced stage will the student be required to do either
kind of translation from Arabic into English.
M. Enani
Cairo, 2000
Translation 7

How to study this syllabus


There are video tapes to help you study this syllabus . It is
essential to know how to use the book and the video tapes in an
integrated way .

In dealing with this situation , you should go through 3 stages :


pre-viewing , while - viewing and post-viewing .

stage one ( pre - viewing)

This is a stage of orientation and preparation . You should do


the following :

In Part I

1- Go through the objectives of this part .

2- Read the introduction carefully .

3- Study the unit exercises .

a- Read the sentence you want to translate .

b- Write / Record (on tape) your translation- the full


meaning of the sentence .

c- Check your translation against the model given in the


book .

d- Study and learn the various ways of translating the


lexical items in the unit .

4- Be ready with the book , a tape recorder and some


sheets of paper .
8 Translation

In Part II

1- Go through the objectives of this part .

2- Read the introduction (the ' theme ' background) .

3- Study how to do the unit exercises ( p 73) .

a- read the passage you intend to translate .

b- read the fist first paragraph , then cover it with a piece


of paper .

c- record your translation (the basic ideas - summary) on


tape .

d- remove the paper and play the recording .

compare what you have recorded with the English text.

e- Write your translation and compare it with the


translation of this part in the Appendix .

f- Study and learn the new words in the unit .

( If the cassette recorder is not available for one reason or


another the steps could be (a) , (b) , (e) & (f) .

4- As you do for Part I exercises , be ready with the book , a


tape recorder and some sheets of paper .

Stage Two ( While - Viewing) .

you should :

1- Follow the instructor's explanation and instructions .


Translation 9

2- Write down any additional explanation or a dvice the


instructor may provide .

3- Do the exercises the way you are told .

Stage Three (Post- viewing)

You should :

1- Do more exercises using authentic material ( Tv , the radio


news, newspaper reports , etc .)

2- In doing the exercises , you should follow the same steps


you have learnt for at sight and consecutive translation .

3- Review the exercises in the book and the new vocabulary as


often as you can to ensure utmost mastery of the translation
of the lexical items and the structure of the sentences .

4- Don't forget that you have the advantage of "pen & paper" in
practising consecutive translation - you can write the salient
points in Arabic while the speaker is tacking . That is the
case if you are translating oral reporting of events (e.g. the
radio news)
10 Translation
Translation 11

INTRODUCTION
I. What is ‘at sight’ translation :
This is a kind of interpretation which requires more
faithfulness to the text — without the need to sum up or omit
anything. It is sometimes called ‘on sight’ translation, but the
meaning is the same.

A major difference between the interpreter and the translator


lies in the function of each : the former interprets, that is,
establishes for himself or herself the meaning of a whole sentence
(or a phrase, or a word) at once then gives what he or she believes
to be the corresponding meaning in Arabic in more or less general
terms. If at a conference a speaker says :

The delegation of my country would like to make


comments on the course of this debate.

The interpreter may, if he or she has time, do it in full; but he or


she may also, if pressed for time, sum it up. The following versions
are therefore equally acceptable :

. ‫) أ ( إن وﻓﺪ ﺑﻼدى ﻳﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎر ﻫﺬه اﳌﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ‬


‫ )ب( وﻓﺪ ﺑﻼدى ﻳﺮﺟﻮ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬. ‫اﳌﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ‬
. ‫)ج( وﻓﺪ ﺑﻼدى ﻳﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ‬
The reason for the reduction ( ‫ﺰال‬JJ‫ﺘ‬JJJ‫ ) اﻻﺧ‬is always whether time is
available or not. And the interpreter following the delivery ( ‫ﻘﺎء‬J‫) إﻟ‬
12 Translation

of a speech is always pressed for time, as most speeches are, almost


always, read from a prepared text and the speaker usually makes no
allowance for the fact that his words are being done into another
language (or into many languages). In other words, the only factor
that determines the form of the translated version is the time
available for the rendering, and this is severely limited by the need
to listen first to what is being said before doing it. What happens in
practice is that the interpreter never waits for the sentence to be
completed but invariably starts to translate as soon as a translatable
item is recognizable. As he or she speaks, he or she must continue
to listen — which unavoidably results in the loss of a few words in
the process. The outcome is that what the interpreter feels to be the
essential sense of a statement takes precedence over any details
which he or she may actually hear but judge to be not so essential.
Any material perceived to be of secondary importance is therefore
inevitably jettisoned; otherwise more essential material in a
subsequent statement is lost ! The result of this process is :

1. Only the main facts are translated, which means that the
interpreter must have experience in listening–comprehension
and is thus armed with the skill of grasping the central meaning.

2. No syntactical transformation is required, as the interpreter


cannot wait for a whole sentence to be uttered lest he or she
should lose the next sentence or any part thereof.

Now ‘at sight’ translator may be an interpreter who has been


Translation 13

given the text of the speech being read out as a reference and would
be equally pressed for time; or he may be a translator required to
produce a quick translated version though not within the time limit
set by the speed of delivering the original speech. He or she may
therefore have more time to play with, but, in either case, he or she
may have to sacrifice syntactic transformation, and though he or
she, unlike the interpreter, may not be allowed to omit any part of
the text, he or she will be, like the interpreter, allowed to stick to
the syntax of the original English, so that the text produced in
Arabic may sound a little unidiomatic.

In time, a gifted translator may succeed in achieving both goals


at speed, that is, translating the full text ‘at sight’ whilst
undertaking all the syntactical transformations expected. By ‘in
time’ I mean ‘after sustained practice and experience’. It will be
quite satisfactory for the beginner, however, to fulfil only the initial
task ‘at sight’, and he or she should supplement their work in ‘at
sight’ translation by doing a great deal of written translation – for it
is this alone that can provide them with the skills of syntactical
transformation. Needless to say, a basic knowledge of the language
of current affairs – for it is here that both consecutive and at sight
translations are required — is essential. The translation manuals
produced for the first four terms of the translation programme at
14 Translation

the Open Education Centre adequately cover this vocabulary.

II. What is ‘Consecutive’ translation ?


Simply defined, this kind of translation requires the student to
listen carefully (or, alternatively, to read quickly) a given sentence
or paragraph then give a translation of its substance. This means
two things :

1. The translation is not given simultaneously, that is, not while


someone is speaking, but after the sentence or paragraph has
been read out (or uttered, in the case of extempore speech). The
reader or speaker of the English text (the source text) is
therefore expected to pause after each unit of meaning so that
the translator may supply the audience with the substance of
what has been said.

2. The translator is not expected to give the full text in the


translated version but only the essential ideas — the drift or the
‘gist’ of what has been said. The translated text will be a kind of
summary, but it will be fully representative of the original text
insofar as it will include all the main ideas.

An example should help the teacher and the student understand


what is expected of the translator in such a consecutive translation
situation. At a recent conference held in Geneva, at the UN
European headquarters, a speaker said the following :

May I suggest that, in the circumstances we find


Translation 15

ourselves in at the present time, especially as we are


running out of time, the agenda should be reduced to
the first item, so that the other items may be discussed
at a later time.

The words were, of course, recorded and were later translated in


the ‘minutes’ or the verbatim report of the session commonly
referred to by the common abbreviation P.V. from the French
‘procès verbal’. A colleague of ours was checking the Arabic
version produced by the interpreters for accuracy and, coming
across this egregious case of verbosity, suggested that the
interpretation version be kept in the P.V. document, but his
suggestion was rejected. Now compare the interpretation with the
P.V. versions :

: ‫اﳌﺘﺮﺟﻢ اﻟﻔﻮرى‬
‫ﻴﺾ ﺟﺪول‬J‫ﻔ‬J‫ﺨ‬J‫ ﺗ‬T‫ﻴﻖ اﻟﻮﻗ‬JUJ‫ ﻟ‬V‫ﺮا‬JWX‫ و‬Y‫ﺮو‬JWJ‫ﺬه اﻟ‬J‫ ﻓﻰ ﻫ‬Z‫ﺘﺮ‬J‫أﻗ‬
‫ ا\ﻋ[ﺎل إﻟﻰ‬. ‫ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ اﻟ]ﻨﻮد‬- ‫اﻟ]ﻨﺪ ا\ول وﺗ_ﺟﻴ^ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ اﻟ]ﺎﻗﻰ‬
: ‫ﺮ ا`ﺮﻓﻰ‬Ua‫ا‬
‫ ﻓﻰ‬b Z‫ﺘﺮ‬J‫ ﻓﻰ ﻫ^ ﻟﻰ أن أﻗ‬b ‫ﺎ‬c‫ﻴ‬J‫ﻨﺎ ﻓ‬J‫ﻔﺴ‬JX‫ﺪ أ‬d ‫ﺘﻰ‬J‫ اﻟ‬Y‫ﺮو‬WJ‫اﻟ‬
‫ﺮ‬eJ‫ﻘﺘ‬J‫ أن ﻳ‬b ‫ﺎ‬J‫ ﻟﻨ‬Z‫ﺎ‬J‫ اﳌﺘ‬TJ‫ﻴﻖ اﻟﻮﻗ‬Jf V‫ﺎ‬g‫ﻮ‬JeJ‫ وﺧ‬b ‫ﺮ‬f‫ﺎ‬J`‫ ا‬T‫ﻮﻗ‬J‫اﻟ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ‬h‫ﺎﻗ‬J‫ ﺗﻨ‬i‫ﻴ‬jJ‫ ﺑ‬b ‫ﻨﺪ ا\ول‬J]‫ﻠﻰ اﻟ‬J‫[ﺎل ﻋ‬J‫]ﻨﻮد ﻓﻰ ﺟﺪول ا\ﻋ‬J‫اﻟ‬
? ‫ﻖ‬kkl‫ ﻻ‬T‫وﻗ‬
The interpreter has actually given the full meaning of the
sentence, even though he has reduced the number of words. His
16 Translation

hesitation towards the end is only to be expected : finding more


time to improve on what he said, he added the word ‘items’. A
consecutive translator is expected to do the same if the text is
equally short; but he or she may have to deal with a longer text —
a paragraph. Take the following text, again taken from the P.V. of
a recent conference :

The chairman suggests, if I understand correctly, that


the law be amended to allow for all anti-dumping
measures to be cleared first with the W.T.O.
authorities. This is totally unacceptable as it
contravenes the principle of sovereignty — I mean
national sovereignty — and the right of every state,
regardless of size or economic position, to decide for
itself what to do in the face of unequal competition by
transnational giants. I find it intolerable that an
international body should control the economic policy
of any state, even if it were a member thereof. Thank
you.

The interpreter did equally well, though the speaker was apparently
agitated and spoke quite fast :

: ‫اﳌﺘﺮﺟﻢ اﻟﻔﻮرى‬
m‫ﻌﺮ‬J‫ ﺑ_ن ﺗ‬/ n‫ﻴ‬J[J‫ ﺑ_ن ﺟ‬o[J‫ﺴ‬J‫ﻮن ﻟﻴ‬JX‫ﻘﺎ‬J‫ﺪﻳ^ اﻟ‬J‫ ﺗﻌ‬p‫ﻴ‬Jq‫ﺮ‬J‫ اﻟ‬Z‫ﺘﺮ‬J‫ﻳﻘ‬
‫ﻴﺔ‬J‫ﺎﳌ‬J‫ اﻟﻌ‬r‫ﺎر‬JsJ‫ﺔ اﻟﺘ‬J[JWJ‫ﻠﻰ ﻣﻨ‬J‫ ﻋ‬V‫ أوﻻ‬t‫ﺮا‬Ju‫ﺔ اﻻ‬Jj‫ﺎﻓ‬JvJ‫ﻴﺮ ﻣ‬J‫ﺪاﺑ‬J‫ ﺗ‬n‫ﻴ‬J[‫ﺟ‬
Translation 17

‫ﻨﻴﺔ‬w‫ اﻟﻮ‬r‫ﺎد‬J‫ﺪ ﻣ]ﺪأ » اﻟﺴﻴ‬Jf ‫ﻮ‬c‫ ﻓ‬r‫ﻮل ﺑﺎﳌﺮ‬J]‫ﻴﺮ ﻣﻘ‬u ‫ﺬا‬J‫ وﻫ‬. ‫ﻠ[ﻮاﻓﻘﺔ‬J‫ﻟ‬
‫^ اﻟﺪول ﻓﻰ‬x ‫ﻖ‬l‫ « و‬r‫ﺔ اﳌﺘﻌﺪد‬J‫[ﺎﻟﻘ‬J‫ﺔ اﻟﻌ‬cJ‫ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻮاﺟ‬y‫ﻌﻠ‬J‫ﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻔ‬J‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳ‬
‫ﻢ ﻓﻰ‬vJjJ‫ﺘ‬J‫ﺔ ﺗ‬Jk‫ﻴ‬J‫ﺪوﻟ‬J‫ﺔ اﻟ‬JkzJJ‫ﻴ‬JcJ‫ أن اﻟ‬t‫ﺎ‬J‫ﻄ‬J‫ ﻻﻳ‬V‫ﺮا‬J‫ﺪه أﻣ‬J‫ أﺟ‬. {‫ﺎ‬J‫ﻴ‬J‫ﺴ‬JJ‫ﻨ‬J|‫ا‬
. V‫ﺮا‬v} . ‫ﺎ‬cq‫ﺎ‬U‫ﺘﻰ ﻣ~ أﻋ‬l ‫ﺎدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠ]ﻠﺪان‬e‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎ•ﺔ اﻻﻗﺘ‬
The last sentence in Arabic may not be elegant but it does give the
meaning — the essence of what has been said. Now compare this
shorter version with the following full translation done in the P.V.
report :

- ‫ﺎه‬J‫ﺮﻣ‬J‫ ﻣ‬€‫ ﻓﻰ إدرا‬TJ]Jg‫ﺪ أ‬J‫ ﻗ‬T‫ﻨ‬JJx ‫ إ•ا‬- p‫ﻴ‬Jq‫ﺮ‬JJ‫ اﻟ‬Z‫ﺮ‬J‫ﺘ‬JJ‫ﻘ‬J‫ﻳ‬


‫ﺔ‬j‫ﺎﻓ‬v‫ أى ﺗﺪﺑﻴﺮ ﻣ~ ﺗﺪاﺑﻴﺮ ﻣ‬m‫ﻌﺮ‬J‫ ﺑ‬o[‫ ﻳﺴ‬i‫ﻴ‬j‫ﻮن ﺑ‬X‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳ^ اﻟﻘﺎ‬
y‫ﻮاﻓﻖ ﻋﻠﻴ‬J‫ﺘﻰ ﺗ‬l ‫ﺔ‬J‫ﻌﺎﳌﻴ‬J‫ اﻟ‬r‫ﺎر‬sJ‫[ﺔ اﻟﺘ‬JW‫ﻨ‬J‫ﻠﻄﺎ{ ﻣ‬J• ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ‬t‫ﺮا‬Ju‚‫ا‬
r‫ ﻣ]ﺪأ اﻟﺴﻴﺎد‬ƒ‫ ﻳﺨﺎﻟ‬ykX\ V‫ ﺗ[ﺎﻣﺎ‬m‫ وﻫﺬا ﻣﺮﻓﻮ‬. ‫ﻴﺬه‬J‫ ﻗ]^ ﺗﻨﻔ‬V‫أوﻻ‬
~‫ﺮ ﻋ‬WJ‫ﻨ‬J‫„ﺾ اﻟ‬J‫ ﺑ‬b ‫ﺔ‬J‫^ دوﻟ‬x ‫ﻖ‬l‫ و‬- ‫ﺔ‬J‫ﻴ‬J‫ﻨ‬Jw‫ﻮ‬J‫ اﻟ‬r‫ﺎد‬J‫ﻴ‬J‫ﺴ‬J‫ أﻋﻨﻰ اﻟ‬-
‫ ﻓﻰ‬- ‫ﺎدى‬e‫ﺎ اﻻﻗﺘ‬c‫ﻌ‬f‫ﺎ أو و‬c[sl ~‫ﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮاه ﻣ‬c‫أن ﺗﻘﺮر ﻟﻨﻔﺴ‬
‫ﻴﺮ ﻓﻰ‬J‫ﺘﺪاﺑ‬J‫ اﻟ‬b {‫ﻴﺎ‬J‫ﻨﺴ‬J|‫ ا‬r‫ﻌﺪد‬J‫ﺘ‬J‫[ﻼﻗﺔ اﳌ‬J‫ﺎ{ اﻟﻌ‬Jx‫ﺮ‬J‫ﺔ اﻟﺸ‬Jc‫ﻮاﺟ‬J‫ﻣ‬
‫ أن أﻗ]^ أن اﻟﺘﻰ‬n‫ﻴ‬J‫ﻄ‬J‫ﺘ‬J•‫ وﻻ أ‬. ‫ﺎدﻟﺔ‬J‫ﺮ ﻋ‬J‫ﻴ‬Ju ‫ﺴﺔ‬J‫ﺎﻓ‬J‫ﺎ ﻣﻨ‬JcJ‫ﺴ‬J‫ﻨﺎﻓ‬J‫ﺗ‬
‫ﺔ دوﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ‬z‫ﻢ ﻫﻴ‬vjJ‫ﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﺗﺘ‬l ‫ﺎدﻳﺔ \ى دوﻟﺔ‬e‫ﺎ•ﺎ{ اﻻﻗﺘ‬J‫اﻟﺴﻴ‬
. ‫ﺔ‬z‫ﻴ‬c‫ﺎء ﻫﺬه اﻟ‬U‫ ﻣ~ أﻋ‬TX‫ﺎ‬x
The consecutive translator has the advantage of ‘pen and
paper’ : he or she may jot down the salient points in Arabic (for
the native language is much easier to write) while the speaker is
talking. From these notes the translator may reconstruct the
sentences in his or her own way. He or she has in fact double the
time available to the interpreter, so he or she may not be excused
18 Translation

for hestitation ( n‫ﻴ‬J[J‫ ﺟ‬m‫ﺮ‬JJ‫ﻌ‬J‫_ن ﺗ‬J‫ ﺑ‬/ n‫ﻴ‬JJ[J‫_ن ﺟ‬J‫ ) ﺑ‬or for the awkwardly
worded last sentence, or, indeed, for missing out the idea of
‘unequal competition’ altogether.

A final example of an actual consecutive translation done


should clinch the point. It occurred during an Islamic conference
held in Mecca, at the first meeting of a specialized committee, of
the OIC Fiqh Academy. To begin with, I should try to explain why
the officials of the OIC (Organization of Islamic Conference) have
insisted on using the transliterated ‘fiqh’ instead of Islamic
Jurisprudence — the obvious meaning of the term. They have
always argued that the Arabic word should be naturalized in
English so that it may be used in its Arabic form in other contexts
not suggesting jurisprudence (such as canon law or canonical law).
They are rightly afraid lest the translation should still carry shades
of other religions than Islam. Indeed, as English has accepted the
word Ulema for Islamic scholars, it should accept faqih for
Islamic jurisprudent. Here is the paragraph in question, and the
speaker was nore other than Zufralleh Khan (a famous Pakistani
scholar and translator of the Quran) :

The Hanafi doctrine is thought to be more liberal than


the others, as it gives the muslim many licences in
worship and regular transactions. All scholars agree,
with very few exceptions, that it is based on reason, or
the rational faculties of man, and that it represents a
Translation 19

golden medium – moderation. It is this, in fact, which


made it a target for the purists who are averse to reason,
or the use of reason, considering that the mind of man is
by definition limited and cannot be trusted to pass
judgment on matters pertaining to creed. And the
question of impurity has thus been too controversial to
be settled once and for all, as the case we're discussing
shows. Now I would like to show in the ensuing
paragraphs that Abu Hanifah never relied on reason
alone, that he always relied on a combination of
intuition and respect for the Quran and the tradition.

My colleague, who was doing the translation, fidgeted and gestured


to the speaker to give him a chance to read out his translation.
Abdullah Farid, Allah rest his soul, produced the following
masterpiece :

‫ﻔﻰ‬J‫ﻨ‬J`‫ﺬﻫﺐ ا‬J‫ﺎ… أن اﳌ‬JJ‫ﻨ‬J‫ﺮى اﻟ‬J‫ ﻳ‬yX\ ‫ﺮى‬J‫ﺬاﻫﺐ ا\ﺧ‬J‫~ اﳌ‬J‫ ﻣ‬V‫ﺮرا‬J‫ﺮ ﲢ‬J‫ﺜ‬Jx‫أ‬
‫ﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ‬c[|‫ وا‬b {‫ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻌ]ﺎدا{ واﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼ‬r‫ﺜﻴﺮ‬x ‫[ﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﺮﺧﺺ‬J‫ ﻟﻠ‬o[‫ﻳﺴ‬
‫ وﻫﺬا‬. ‫ﺪ اﻻﻋﺘﺪال‬J[‫ﻌﺘ‬J‫ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ و•ﻄﻰ ﻳ‬yX‫ﻰ أ‬J‫ﻌﻘ^ وﻋﻠ‬J‫ﻘﻮم ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟ‬J‫ ﻳ‬yX‫أ‬
‫ﺮﻫﻮن اﻻ•ﺘﻨﺎد‬v‫ﻮﻟﻴﲔ اﻟﺬﻳ~ ﻳ‬g\‫ﺎم ا‬c‫ ﻟﺴ‬V‫ ﻫﺪﻓﺎ‬y‫ﻠ‬J‫ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺟﻌ‬n‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﻮاﻗ‬
‫ ﻓﻰ إﻟﻰ‬y‫ﻴ‬J‫ﺎن إﻟ‬JvJ‫~ اﻻرﺗ‬vJ‫ وﻻ ﳝ‬V‫ﺮا‬Jg‫ﺎ‬J‫ﺎن ﻗ‬JJ‫ﺴ‬JX‚‫ﻘ^ ا‬J‫ﺎدام ﻋ‬J‫ﻘ^ ﻣ‬J‫ﻌ‬J‫اﻟ‬
r‫ﺎر‬cJ‫ﻄ‬J‫ﺔ اﻟ‬J‫ﻴ‬JUJ‫ ﻗ‬Tj]Jg‫ﺬا أ‬JvJ‫ وﻫ‬. r‫ﺪ‬J‫ﻴ‬J‫ﻌﻘ‬J‫ﺎﻟ‬J‫^ ﺑ‬eJ‫ﺘ‬J‫ﺎ ﻳ‬J‫ﻠﻰ ﻣ‬J‫ﻢ ﻋ‬vJ`‫ا‬
^‫ﺔ ﻣﺜ‬J‫ﻴ‬Jq‫ﺎ‬JcJX r‫ﻮر‬eJ‫ﺴﻢ ﺑ‬J‫ﺘﻰ ﻟﻢ ﲢ‬J‫ﺔ اﻟ‬J‫ﻴ‬J‫ﺎ اﳋﻼﻓ‬J‫ﺎﻳ‬UJ‫ﻘ‬J‫ﺔ ﻣ~ اﻟ‬J•‫ﺎ‬Js‫ﻨ‬J‫واﻟ‬
‫ﻨﻨﻰ •_ﺑﲔ ﻓﻴ[ﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ أن‬v‫ وﻟ‬. ‫ﺎ اﻵن‬cJ‫ﻨﺎﻗﺸ‬X ‫ﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ‬U‫ﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻢ اﻟﻘ‬l ‫أﺑﺎ‬
…‫ ﺑﲔ ا`ﺪ‬V‫[ﺎ‬q‫ دا‬n[Js‫ﺎن ﻳ‬x ^‫ﺪه ﻓﻰ ﻳﻮم ﻣ~ ا\ﻳﺎم ﺑ‬Jl‫ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘ^ و‬ƒ‫ﺘ‬vJ‫ﻳ‬
. i‫ﺘﺮام اﻟﻘﺮآن وا`ﺪﻳ‬l‫وا‬
20 Translation

I have called it a masterpiece because it contains all the ideas in


the English texts, though done at speed and under great pressure.
The real stroke of genius concerns the translation of ‘purists’ into
‫ﲔ‬J‫ﻴ‬J‫ﻮﻟ‬Jg\‫ ا‬and the adding of an Arabic word to confirm the meaning
of ‘impurity’ (which has been done as ‘purity and impurity’). The
common English word currently used in translating the Arbaic
‫ﲔ‬JJ‫ﻴ‬JJJ‫ﻮﻟ‬JJJg\‫ ا‬is ‘fundamentalists’ which brings in confusion with the
Christian Fundamentalism of the U.S.A., but the Arabic word is as
highly problematic as the English ‘purists’. The English word
suggests removing the ‘impurities’ ( ‫ﺐ‬q‫ﻮا‬JJJJJJJ‫ﺸ‬JJJJJJ‫ ) اﻟ‬from the creed,
believed to consist in both the ‘heresies’ ( ‫ﺔ‬JJ‫ﺎﻟ‬JJّUJJ‫ﺪع اﻟ‬JJJ]JJ‫ ) اﻟ‬and any
ideas reached by the reasoning faculties of man, which may be in
agreement or disagreement with the principles of true faith as it
exists in the heart. As these principles are the tenets of Islam, they
may be called ‫ﻮل‬JJJJg\‫ ا‬as distinct from their applications which are
regarded as ramifications ( ‫ﺮوع‬JJJ‫ ) ﻓ‬. Insofar as the purists are eager
to preserve the principles ( ‫ﻮل‬Jg\‫ ) ا‬intact, untainted by heresies or
rational interpretations ( ‫ﺔ‬JJ‫ﻴ‬JJ‫ﻠ‬JJJ‫ﻘ‬JJ‫ﺎدا{ ﻋ‬JJcJJJ‫ﺘ‬JJ‫ ) اﺟ‬they may be called »
« ‫ﲔ‬JJ‫ﻴ‬JJJ‫ﻮﻟ‬JJJg‫ أ‬. Hence Farid's brilliant rendering. The addition of the
Arabic word for r‫ﺎر‬JJcJJ‫ﻄ‬JJ‫ اﻟ‬is also brilliant as it gives precision to the
meaning of a cognate of the same word on which the earlier
‘purists’ is based ! The ability of the translator to use the right
Arabic idiom, perfectly pertaining to the subject, and to sum up all
Translation 21

the ideas without confusing any meaning, is a prime example of


the top-of-the-ladder consecutive translation.

Needless to say, consecutive translation is done primarily at


conferences, and more often than not from oral statements. It is
used when the interlocutors (participants in a panel discussion)
need to keep a record of what is said so as to reply accurately and
quickly. In the course of the discussion, short exchanges may be
translated instantaneously (through interpretation). A consecutive
translator may therefore be also an interpreter, or he may advance
to be one.Consecutive translation differs from interpretation,
however, in that, as has been noted, the translator has more time
and is required to be accurate. Previous knowledge of the subject is
essential to both, but is more crucial to the consecutive translator.

III. Methodology :
The book contains exercises – passages designed to improve
the skills described above – and full translations of the passages
(for reference) in an Appendix. The student should rely on himself
or herself, with little or no help from anyone, in finding the core
meaning of each exercise. These are graded and advance from
short simple sentences to long and complete paragraphs. Reading a
sentence, the student should look for the main or the operative
noun and verb : he or she should not focus on anything else
initially. In consecutive translation, the student should read the
sentence once, then remove the book and put down on paper the
22 Translation

core meaning he or she may have grasped. In ‘at sight’ translation


he or she may record their translation of the text on tape. Any
reference to the Arabic versions given in the Appendix must come
later. Here are the practical steps to be followed :

In the first part of the book, sentences and passages are given
which illustrate the various meanings of central words frequently
used in current affairs. The focus here is on the change of meaning
in different contexts. A word like ‘involve’ may have as many
meanings as the contexts in which it is used, and the student is
encouraged to first undertake a quick rendering of the sentence at
sight before getting to grips with the full meaning in writing. He or
she may choose to handle a passage in the ‘consecutive’ manner
first, reading aloud then, having put the book aside, writing what
he or she may have remembered, though this is preferably kept till
a later stage (in Part II of the book). The stress here is on the
various senses in which a word is used, as part of the training
required for getting the general and correct sense of a given
sentence or expression.

In the second part of the book sentences and passages are given
from a single article so that the student will be familiar with the
theme of all the passages of the units, as though listening to a long
speech at a conference, and will thus be able to devote all his or her
energies to grasping the central sense of each exercise. This will
minimize the need to look up words in a dictionary, or to ask a
Translation 23

friend for help. A summary of the whole article is given first to


help in this process. Moving from one unit to the next will be
easier, and the student will learn to gain speed in translation in the
process. This is primarily a ‘teach-yourself’ course, and the
teacher's role is thus confined to guidance, particularly in
methodology.

A final note concerns the use of a language lab, a necessity in


such courses, though unavailable for such a teach-yourself course
as this. In the future, when the multi-media approach is easily
accessible, the computer will perform all the functions currently
performed in the language lab. For the moment, however, one will
have to be content with the video tape, which should contain
examples of the exercises and their answers — or at least the steps
required to gain proficiency in this new discipline.
Translation 25

Part I

The object of this part is to familiarize the


students with the various meanings of each
one of about 500 words that are both
common in current affairs and difficult to
translate because their meanings change from
one context to another. The consecutive and
at sight translator should learn the various
meanings given in Arabic after each text in
every unit before proceeding to the exercises
in part II which are given only in English (but
with the Arabic versions given in an
Appendix).
Translation 27

Objectives of Part I

By the end of this part , students should be able to :


1- Discriminate the different meanings of the following
words in various contexts : (in order of units)
1- access , a ction , advice .
2- control
3- develop, development
4- facility
5- formula
6- imply , involue
7- package, potential , possible
8- practice / practise , promote , promotion
2- Translate those words accurately , as a consecutive or at
sight translator .
28 Translation
Translation 29

Unit One
This unit handles the words access, action and advice with
their cognates. The various meanings are given in examples with
their translations. The student is required to learn all the examples
and their different renderings. All the early units are directly
informative and require learning, pure and simple. The exercises
given are simply meant to check the student's knowledge, rather
than translation skills.
a) Access

The following three senses are subsidiary but are important to


learn :

1. When he heard of the collapse of his plan, he had an access


of despair.

. ‫ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺑﺎﻧﻬﻴﺎر ﻣﺸﺮوﻋﻪ ) ﺧﻄﺘﻪ ( اﺳﺘﻮﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﻴﺄس‬-١

2. She felt fine in the morning but had an access of fever at


lunch time.

. ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﺼﺤﺔ ﺟﻴﺪة ﻓﻰ اﻟﺼﺒﺎح وﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ أﺻﻴﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﳊﻤﻰ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻈﻬﻴﺮة‬-٢

3. He had an access of rage the minute he set eyes on his


opponent.

. ( ‫ﺢ ﺧﺼﻤﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺛﺎرت ﺛﺎﺋﺮﺗﻪ ) ﺣﺘﻰ ﺛﺎر وﻓﺎر‬S TU ‫ ﻣﺎ‬-V

The fourth is common in the USA :


4. There was an access of dissatisfaction in the court room as
30 Translation

the defendent was given a light sentence.

‫ﺔ‬WWXY‫ﻮﺑﺔ ﻣ‬XZ‫ﺎ ﺻﺪرت ﻋ‬X‫ﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣ‬X‫ﺔ [ ا[ﻜﻤ‬X‫ﺮ^] ﻓﻰ ] \ﺎﻋ‬X_‫ﻴﺎ` اﳊﺎ‬X‫ اﺳﺘ‬a‫ا‬ab‫ ا‬-c
. d‫ﺘﻬ‬S‫ﻋﻠﻰ ا‬

The main sense, which changes from context to context, is


given in the following examples :

5. The only access to the farmhouse is across the fields.

. e‫ﻮ‬Z‫ ﻋﺒﺮ اﳊ‬fU ‫رﻋﺔ‬gS‫ ا‬h‫ﻟﻰ ﻛﻮ‬U e‫ﻜ] اﻟﻮﺻﻮ‬i f -j

6. The only problem with the new project, established in the


desert at high cost, is the lack of good access roads.

`‫ﺮا‬X‫ﺤ‬X‫ﺼ‬X‫ﺸﻰ` ﻓﻰ اﻟ‬X‫ أﻧ‬klX‫ﺪ اﻟ‬X^‫ﺪ‬Xm‫ ا‬n‫ﺮو‬X‫ﺸ‬XS‫ﻮاﺟﻪ ا‬X‫ﺘﻰ ﺗ‬X‫ﺪة اﻟ‬X‫ﻴ‬X‫ﻮﺣ‬X‫ﺔ اﻟ‬X‫ﻠ‬X‫ﻜ‬X‫ﺸ‬XS‫ ا‬-o
. ‫ﻮ\ﻊ‬S‫ﻟﻰ ا‬U ‫ﺒﺪة‬pS‫ ا‬q‫ اﻟﻄﺮ‬rs t‫ﻮ ﻋﺪ‬u ‫ﻈﺔ‬u‫ ﺑﺎ‬v‫ﺑﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴ‬

This is the original sense, or the literal meaning, and is closely


associated with the common sense of a chance available, a right
granted or a means provided :

7. Students must have access to good books.

. ‫ﻴﻤﺔ‬Z‫ اﻟ‬w‫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﺘ‬nxyf‫ ﻣ] ا‬zx‫ﺑﺪ ﻣ] ﺗﻤﻜ{ اﻟﻄ‬f -|

8. One criterion of judging a country's advancement is


women's access to education.

. ‫ ﻟﻠﻤﺮأة‬d‫ﻠﻴ‬p‫ﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ اﻟﺘ‬U T‫ ﺑﻠﺪ ﻣ] اﻟﺒﻠﺪا‬t‫ﺪ‬Z‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗ‬d‫ﺎ^ﻴﺮ اﳊﻜ‬p‫ ﻣ] ﻣ‬-}

9. Only high officials had access to the emperor.


Translation 31

. {‫•~ﻮﻟ‬S‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺒﺎر ا‬€‫ﺼﻮرا‬Z‫ﻮر ﻣ‬y‫ﻣﺒﺮا‬f‫ ﺑﺎ‬e‫ﺗﺼﺎ‬f‫ ا‬r‫ ﺣ‬T‫ ﻛﺎ‬-•

10. Petrochemical industries in the oil-rich countries have the


advantage of easy access to cheap feedstock.

‫ﻰ‬u‫ﺎﻣﺔ و‬u ‫^ﺔ‬g‚ e‫ﺮو‬X‫ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺘ‬X‫ﻨﻴ‬ƒ‫ اﻟ‬e‫ﺪو‬X‫ﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟ‬X‫ﺘﺮوﻛﻴﻤ‬X‫ﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﺒ‬X‫ﻤﺘﻊ اﻟﺼﻨ‬X‫ ﺗﺘ‬-١„
. ‫ ا…وﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺮﺧﻴﺼﺔ‬a‫ﻮا‬S‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ا‬e‫ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ اﳊﺼﻮ‬

11. The poor have no access to advanced medical treatment.

. ‫ﺪﻣﺔ‬Z‫ﺘ‬S‫† اﻟﻄﺒﻰ ا‬xp‫ اﻟ‬w‫ ﺑﺄﺳﺎﻟﻴ‬n‫ﺎ‬W‫ﻧﺘ‬f‫ﺮا` ا‬ZW‫ ^•ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟ‬f -١١

12. Aspiring businessmen should have access to cheap credit.

‫ﺎﺋﺪة‬WX‫ﻨﻮك [ ﺑ‬X‫ ] ﻣ] اﻟﺒ‬e‫ﻮا ا…ﻣﻮا‬X_‫ﺘﺮ‬XZ^ T‫{ أ‬X‫ﻄﺎﻣﺤ‬X‫ اﻟ‬e‫ﻤﺎ‬X‫ ا…ﻋ‬e‫ رﺟﺎ‬r‫ ﻣ] ﺣ‬-١٢
. ‫_~ﻴﻠﺔ‬

‫ــﺮوض‬ZX‫ﻠﻰ اﻟ‬X‫ ﻋ‬e‫ﺼــﻮ‬X‫{ اﳊ‬X‫ﺤ‬X‫ﺎﻣ‬X‫ﻄ‬X‫ اﻟ‬e‫ﺎ‬X‫ﻤ‬X‫ ا…ﻋ‬e‫ﺎ‬X‫ رﺟ‬r‫ ﻣ] ﺣ‬T‫ﻮ‬X‫ﻜ‬X^ T‫ أ‬w‫ﺠ‬X^ -١٢
. ‫اﻟﺮﺧﻴﺼـﺔ‬

Exercises : Translate the following quickly : ?


1. All children should have access to basic education.

2. The accessibility of foodstaffs in urban areas depends on an


efficient transport system.

3. The uneducated have no access to advanced technology.

4. May I have access to your library ?


32 Translation

b) Action

1. The time has come for action.

. a‫ﺎ‬m‫ﻤﻞ ا‬p‫ و\ﺖ اﻟ‬T‫ ﺣﺎ‬/ ‫ﺪ‬m‫ ا‬T‫ أوا‬T‫ آ‬-١

2. You cannot sit idly by when your brothers are fighting one
another : you must take action.

. ‫ ﺗﺘﺪﺧﻞ‬T‫ ﺑﻞ ﻋﻠﻴـﻚ أ‬, T‫ﺎﺗﻠـﻮ‬Z‫ﺧـﻮﺗﻚ ^ﺘ‬U‫ و‬k‫ ﻣﻜﺘـﻮف ا…^ـﺪ‬v‫ـ‬Z‫ ﺗ‬T‫ أ‬b‫ ^ﺠـﻮ‬f -٢

3. Never mind his testimonials; judge him by his actions.

/ ‫ﺼﺮﻓﺎﺗﻪ‬X‫ﻠﻴﻪ ﻣ] ﺗ‬X‫ ﻋ‬d‫ﺎ ﺑﻞ اﺣﻜ‬X‫ﻠﻬ‬X‫ﺤـــﻤ‬X^ ‫ﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ‬X‫ﻛﻴ‬g‫ﺘ‬X‫ات اﻟ‬a‫ﻬﺎ‬X‫ﺮث ﺑﺸ‬X‫ﻜﺘ‬X‫ ﺗ‬f -V


. ‫ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻪ‬

4. The ministerial committee submitted a report containing a


number of recommendations but the minister never acted on
any of them.

d‫^ﺮ وﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻟ‬b‫ﻟﻰ اﻟﻮ‬U ‫ ﻣ] اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﺎت‬€‫ا‬a‫ ^ﺘﻀﻤ] ﻋﺪ‬€‫ﺮ^ﺮا‬Z‫ار^ﺔ ﺗ‬b‫ﻨﺔ اﻟﻮ‬X‫ﺖ اﻟﻠﺠ‬p‫ رﻓ‬-c
. ( ‫ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬€‫ أ^ﺎ‬lW‫ ^ﻨ‬d‫ ﻟ‬k‫ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ) أ‬k‫ أ‬T‫ﺟﺮا` ﺑﺸﺄ‬U k‫ أ‬lY‫^ﺘ‬

5. The Minister has ordered repairs to be made in the old


factory so that it may be brought into action soon.

‫ﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻰ‬ƒ‫ﺪأ ﺗﺸ‬X‫ﺪﱘ ﺣﺘﻰ ^ﺒ‬Z‫ﻨﻊ اﻟ‬X‫ﺼ‬S‫ﻣﺔ ﻓﻰ ا‬bx‫ﺣﺎت اﻟ‬x‫ﺻ‬f‫ﺈﺟﺮا` ا‬X‫^ﺮ ﺑ‬b‫ أﻣﺮ اﻟﻮ‬-j
. ‫ﺎﺟﻞ‬p‫ اﻟ‬w^‫ﺮ‬Z‫اﻟ‬

6. One rocket fired was enough to put the tank out of action.

‫ﺎﻓﻬﺎ‬ZX^‫ ﻹ‬k‫ اﻟﺪﺑﺎﺑﺔ ) أ‬z‫ﺎ‬X‫ ﻹﻋﻄ‬€‫ﻴﺎ‬X‫ ﻛﺎﻓ‬T‫ﻨﻪ ﻛﺎ‬X‫ واﺣﺪ وﻟﻜ‬h‫ﺎرو‬X‫ ﺻ‬k‫ ﺳﻮ‬r‫ﻄﻠ‬X^ d‫ ﻟ‬-o
. ( ‫ﻤﻞ‬p‫ﻋ] اﻟ‬
Translation 33

7. To put the commission into action, an executive order was


required.

kl‫ــﻴ‬W‫ﺘﻨ‬X‫ــﺮار اﻟ‬Z‫ﺮ ﺻﺪور اﻟ‬X‫ﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻨﺘﻈ‬X‫ﻬﺎ …ﻧﻬ‬y‫ﺎ‬X‫اوﻟﺔ ﻧﺸ‬g‫ﻨﺔ ﻣ‬X‫ﺘﻄﻊ اﻟﻠﺠ‬X•‫ ﺗ‬d‫ ﻟ‬-|
. tbx‫اﻟ‬

8. The task force was set in action as soon as the aircraft


landed in Pristina.

. ‫ﺒﻮط اﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮة ﻓﻰ ﻣﺪ^ﻨﺔ ﺑﺮ^ﺸﺘﻴﻨﺎ‬u ‫ﻬﻤﺎت ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﻮر‬S‫ ا‬r^‫ ﺑﺪأ ﻓﺮ‬-}

9. The commander called his men into action when the enemy
violated the ceasefire.

. ‫ اﻟﻨﺎر‬qxyU v\‫ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ اﻧﺘﻬﻚ ا…ﻋﺪا` و‬t‫ﻟﻰ اﻟﻬﺠﻮ‬U ‫ﺎﺋﺪ رﺟﺎﻟﻪ‬Z‫ﻋﺎ اﻟ‬a -•

10. The landlord brought an action against the tenant who


turned his ground floor flat into a supermarket.

r‫ﻊ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻄﺎﺑ‬Z‫ﺘﻪ اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗ‬XZs eّ‫ﻮ‬X‫ ﺣ‬kl‫•ﺎﻛ] اﻟ‬X‫ﻀﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟ‬X\ ‫ﺎر‬ZpX‫ رﻓﻊ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ اﻟ‬-١„
. ‫ﻟﻰ ﺳﻮﺑﺮ ﻣﺎرﻛﺖ‬U ‫ا…ر_ﻰ‬

11. Accessibility to cheap feedstock in the petrochemical


industry, particularly in the oil-rich countries, may be
regarded as actionable subsidy according to the World Trade
Organization regulations.

, ‫ﻂ‬W‫ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨ‬X‫ﻨﻴ‬ƒ‫ اﻟ‬T‫ﺪا‬X‫ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺒﻠ‬€‫ﻮﺻﺎ‬X‫ ﺧﺼ‬, ‫ﻤﺎو^ﺔ‬X‫ﺒﺘﺮوﻛﻴ‬X‫ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎت اﻟ‬X‫ اﻟ‬n‫ﺎ‬W‫ اﻧﺘ‬TU -١١
‫ ﻟﻮاﺋﺢ‬v‫ﺎﻟ‬YX^ kl‫ اﻟ‬d‫ﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﻋ‬X‫ﺒﺮ ﻣ] \ﺒ‬X‫ﺘ‬p^ ‫ﺪ‬X\ , ‫ﻴﺼﺔ‬X‫ة ا…وﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺮﺧ‬a‫ﺎ‬XS‫ه ا‬l‫ﺑﻬ‬
. ‫ﻀﺎﺋﻴـﺔ _ﺪه‬Z‫ اﻟ‬k‫ رﻓﻊ اﻟﺪﻋﻮ‬b‫ ^ﺠـﻮ‬d‫ وﻣ] ﺛ‬, ‫ﻴﺔ‬S‫ﺎ‬p‫ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﺎرة اﻟ‬
34 Translation

12. We are warned not to resort to any direct actionable


interference with the GATT 1994 trading system, for the
consequences may be grave for our own trade. (27 words)

‫ﺎ\ﻴﺔ‬XW‫ﺘﻪ اﺗ‬pX_‫ و‬kl‫ اﻟ‬k‫ﺠﺎر‬X‫ اﻟﺘ‬t‫ﺎ‬X‫ﺎﻟﻨﻈ‬X‫ﺮ ﺑ‬s‫ﺒﺎ‬X‫ ﻣ‬ex‫ﺧ‬U k‫ﻰ أ‬s‫ﺤﺎ‬X‫ ﻧﺘ‬T‫ﻨﺎ أ‬X‫ ﻋﻠﻴ‬-١٢
‫ ﳑﺎ‬, ‫ﺪﻧﺎ‬X_ ‫ﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬X‫ﻀ‬Z‫ اﻟ‬k‫ﻮ‬X‫ﺮﻓﻊ اﻟﺪﻋ‬X‫ﺮ_ﻨﺎ ذﻟﻚ ﻟ‬Xp^ ‫ﺪ‬XZ‫ ﻓ‬, ١••c t‫ﺎ‬pX‫ﺎت ﻟ‬m‫ا‬
( ‫ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬V„ ) . ‫ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻮا\ﺒﻪ اﻟﻮﺧﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲡﺎرﺗﻨﺎ ذاﺗﻬﺎ‬T‫\ﺪ ﺗﻜﻮ‬

Exercises : Translate quickly in Arabic : ?


1. The situation has deteriorated in the southern region and
demands immediate action.

2. What is needed is action : words are of no avail any longer.

3. NATO's action in the Balkans has been criticised by third


world countries.

4. Can changing a private car into a commercial vehicle be


actionable ?
Translation 35

c)Advice

1. I gave him a few words of advice / a bit of advice / a piece


of advice.

. ‫ﺾ اﻟﻨﺼﺎﺋﺢ‬p‫ﻟﻴﻪ ﺑ‬U ‫ أﺳﺪ^ﺖ‬-١

2. You won't get well unless you follow your doctor's advice.

. w‫ات اﻟﻄﺒﻴ‬a‫ﺎ‬s‫ر‬U ‫ﺖ‬p‫ذا اﺗﺒ‬U fU ‫ﻰ ﻣ] ﻣﺮ_ﻚ‬W‫ ﻟ] ﺗُﺸ‬-٢

3. If you take my advice and study hard, you'll pass the


examination.

. T‫ﻣﺘﺤﺎ‬f‫ﺖ ﻟﻨﺼﺤﻰ واﺟﺘﻬﺪت ﻓﻰ اﻟﺪرس ﻓ•ﻮف ﺗﻨﺠﺢ ﻓﻰ ا‬p‫ذا اﺳﺘﻤ‬U -V

4. Most presidents today have specialized advisers who play a


major rôle in policy-making.

‫ ﺑﺪور‬T‫ﻬﻀﻮ‬X‫ﺼﺼ{ ^ﻨ‬XY‫ﺎر^] ﻣﺘ‬X‫•ﺘﺸ‬X‚ t‫ه ا…^ﺎ‬lu ‫ﺮؤﺳﺎ` ﻓﻰ‬X‫ اﻟ‬d‫ﻈ‬p‫{ ﻣ‬Xp‫ ^•ﺘ‬-c
. ‫ﺎﻣﺔ‬p‫ اﻟ•ﻴﺎﺳﺎت اﻟ‬d‫رﺋﻴ•ﻰ ﻓﻰ رﺳ‬

5. Presidential advisers may not take part in decision-making


but they make the taking of right decisions possible.

d‫ﻤﻠﻬ‬X‫ وﻟﻜ] ﻋ‬, ‫ﺮارات‬ZX‫ﺎذ اﻟ‬Y‫ﺔ ﻓﻰ اﺗ‬X^‫ﻤﻬﻮر‬Xm‫ﺸﺎرو رﺋﻴﺲ ا‬X‫ﺎرك ﻣ•ﺘ‬X‫ ^ﺸ‬f ‫ \ﺪ‬-j
. ‫ﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬S‫ﺮارات ا‬Z‫ﺎذ اﻟ‬Y‫^•ﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﺗ‬

6. The right advice is not to seek advice or give advice : people


will listen then do exactly what they want.

f d‫ﻟﻴﻪ ﺛ‬U ‫ﻰ‬ƒ‫ ﻓﺎﻟﻨﺎس \ﺪ ﺗﺼ‬, ‫ﻪ‬i‫ﺪ‬Z‫ اﻟﻨﺼﺢ أو ﺗ‬w‫ﻠ‬y t‫ﻮ ﻋﺪ‬Xu ‫ أﻓﻀﻞ اﻟﻨﺼﺢ‬TU -o
! ‫ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮ^ﺪه‬fU ‫ﻞ‬pW‫ﺗ‬
36 Translation

Or, alternatively :

d‫ﻴﻬﺎ ﺛ‬X‫ﻟ‬U T‫ﻰ اﻹﻧ•ﺎ‬ƒX‫ذ ^ﺼ‬U , ‫ﻬﺎ …ﺣﺪ‬X‫ﺪﻣ‬Z‫ ﺗ‬f‫ﻮرة وأ‬X‫ﺸ‬S‫ ا‬w‫ﻄﻠ‬X‫ ﺗ‬f‫ﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﺄ‬X‫ ﻋ‬-‫أ‬-o
! `‫ﻞ ﻣﺎ ^ﺸﺎ‬pW^

fU ‫ﻞ‬pW‫ ﺗ‬f‫ﻤﻊ و‬X•‫ﻨﺎس ﺗ‬X‫ ﻓﺎﻟ‬, k‫ﺪ ﺑﺮأ‬X‫ﺸﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺣ‬X‫ ﺗ‬f‫ أﺣﺪ و‬k‫ رأ‬w‫ﻠ‬X‫ ﺗﻄ‬f -z-o
! ‫ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮ^ﺪ‬

! ‫ﻴﻪ‬p^ ‫ أﺣﺪ‬x‫ أو ﺗﺒﺪ^ﻪ ﻓ‬k‫ اﻟﺮأ‬w‫ ﺗﻄﻠ‬f‫ أ‬k‫ اﻟﺮأ‬-†-o

7. It was an ill-advised business venture from the word go, as


the board had miscalculated the effect of the weakening
markets.

‫ذ أﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ‬U , ‫ﺔ‬X‫ اﻟﺒﺪا^ـ‬l‫ﺮ ﻣﻨ‬X‫ﻠﻰ ﺳـﻮ` اﻟﺘﺪﺑﻴ‬X‫ ﻋ‬€‫ \ﺎﺋﻤﺎ‬k‫ﺎر‬X‫ اﻟﺘﺠ‬n‫ﺸﺮو‬S‫ ا‬T‫ﺎ‬X‫ ﻛ‬-|
. q‫ﻮة اﻟﺸﺮاﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ [ اﻟ•ﻮ‬Z‫ ] اﻟ‬vp_ ‫ﺘﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬S‫ اﻵﺛﺎر ا‬z‫ارة ﻓﻰ ﺣ•ﺎ‬a‫اﻹ‬

8. The wait-and-see policy of the government proved to be


well- advised : the subsequent changes in the situation showed
that any action then would have been disastrous.

‫ﺘﺖ‬X‫ﺒ‬X‫ذ أﺛ‬U , ‫ﺔ‬X‫ﻮﻣ‬X‫ﻜ‬X‫ﺎ اﳊ‬X‫ﻬ‬X‫ﺘ‬XXpX‫ﺒ‬X‫ﺘﻰ اﺗ‬X‫ﺮ^ﺚ اﻟ‬X‫ﺘ‬X‫ﺔ اﻟ‬X‫ﺎﺳ‬XX‫ﻴ‬X‫ﺔ ﻣ] ﺳ‬X‫ﻤ‬X‫ﻜ‬X‫ﺤﺖ اﳊ‬X‫ﻀ‬X‫ اﺗ‬-}
. ‫ﻟﻰ ﻛﺎرﺛﺔ‬U ‫ﻀﻰ‬W‫اك ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺘ‬l‫ ﺧﻄﻮة آﻧ‬k‫ أ‬T‫ﺔ أ‬Z‫ﺣ‬x‫اﻟﺘﻄﻮرات اﻟ‬

9. Her advised reply was negative, for she had to reject a task
requiring such insensitivy to human suffering.

‫ ﻋﻤﻞ‬e‫ﺒﻮ‬X\ ‫ﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬X•‫ ﺗ‬f ‫ﺎ‬X‫ﻧﻬ‬U‫ و‬, ‫ﻟﻰ اﻟﺮﻓﺾ‬U k‫ﺪ اﻟﺘﺮو‬Xp‫ﻬﺖ ﺑ‬X‫ﺪ اﻧﺘ‬X\ ‫ﻧﻬﺎ‬U ‫ﺎﻟﺖ‬X\ -•
. ‫ﺎﻧﺎة اﻟﺒﺸﺮ^ﺔ‬pS‫ة ﺑﺎ‬f‫ﻣﺒﺎ‬x‫^ﺘﻀﻤ] ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟ‬

10. He said he admired her tough moral fibre and that he used
Translation 37

the word ‘tough’ advisedly as she repeatedly proved her


resilience and solidity of character.

‫ …ﻧﻬﺎ‬€‫ﺘﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺪا‬S‫ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ا‬t‫ﺪ‬Y‫ﻧﻪ ^•ﺘ‬U‫•ﻰ و‬W‫ﺔ ﻧ•ﻴﺠﻬﺎ اﻟﻨ‬X‫ ‚ﺘﺎﻧ‬w‫ﺠ‬p‫ﻧﻪ ﻣ‬U e‫ \ﺎ‬-١„
. ‫ﺼﻴﺔ‬Y‫ \ﻮ^ﺔ اﻟﺸ‬a‫ﻮ‬p‫ أﻧﻬﺎ ﺻُﻠﺒﺔ اﻟ‬€‫ وﺗﻜﺮارا‬€‫أﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﻣﺮارا‬

11. Please advise us when the goods are dispatched.


(– advise us of the dispatch of the goods).
. ‫ اﻟﺒﻀﺎﺋﻊ‬e‫ ﻋﻨﺪ ارﺳﺎ‬/ ‫ اﻟﺒﻀﺎﺋﻊ‬e‫ﺧﻄﺎرﻧﺎ ﺑﺎرﺳﺎ‬U ‫ ﻧﺮﺟﻮ‬-١١

Exercises : Translate quickly in Arabic : ?


1. May I seek your advice on this matter ?

2. Have you recently met any presidential advisers ?

3. The bank sent a note advising me to settle my


overdrawn account.

4. Is it advisable to go out when it is so cold ?


38 Translation
Translation 39

Unit Two

The purpose of this unit is to give more examples from the


living language of the changing senses of key words in current
affairs language. The exercises will be limited to the words in
different contexts. A single word is chosen for this unit, namely
‘control’, both as a noun and as a verb. The student will be
surprised at the many senses in which the word is used and the
correspondingly varied translations in different contexts. The
importance of this is vital : speed does not mean that the same
Arabic equivalent is available at all times, otherwise the translator
will be a machine producing the same word in Arabic
mechanically whenever he or she hears the English word, with
disastrous consequences. The examples are intended to train the
student to accept the whole sentence as the unit of meaning, and so
to change the Arabic rendering of ‘control’ accordingly. Only in
this way can accuracy be guaranteed when translating at speed.

1. I know you can control your temper even when provoked.

. b‫ا‬gW‫ﺳﺘ‬f‫ ﻓﻰ أﻋﺼﺎﺑﻚ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ا‬d‫ أﻧﻚ ﺗ•ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﺘﺤﻜ‬d‫ أﻋﻠ‬-١

2. Don't be such a child ! Control yourself !

! ‫•ﻚ‬W‫ ! ﺗﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﻧ‬e‫ﺎ‬Wy…‫ ﺗﻜ] ﻣﺜﻞ ا‬f -٢

3. The police could not control the unruly crowd and had to
use tear gas.
40 Translation

t‫ﺪا‬YX‫ﺘ‬X‫ﻟﻰ اﺳ‬U ‫ﺮت‬X‫ﺎ_ﻄ‬X‫ﺮ ﻓ‬X‫ﺎﺋ‬X‫ﺜ‬X‫ﻬﻮر اﻟ‬X‫ﻤ‬Xm‫ﻠﻰ ا‬X‫ﺮة ﻋ‬X‫ﻴﻄ‬X•X‫ﺔ اﻟ‬Xy‫ﺮ‬X‫ﻄﻊ اﻟﺸ‬X‫ﺘ‬X•X‫ ﺗ‬d‫ ﻟ‬-V
. n‫•ﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻣﻮ‬S‫ات ا‬b‫ﺎ‬ƒ‫اﻟ‬

: ‫ﻨﻰ‬pS‫ﺲ ا‬W‫ ^ﺤﻤﻞ ﻧ‬control d‫ﺳ‬f‫وا‬

4. He's a good teacher but then he has no control over his class.

. ‫ﺼﻞ‬W‫ﻧﻀﺒﺎط ﻓﻰ اﻟ‬f‫ ا‬r‫ﻴ‬Z‫ ^•ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﲢ‬f ‫ أﻧﻪ‬f‫ ﻟﻮ‬b‫ ﳑﺘﺎ‬d‫ﻠ‬p‫ﻧﻪ ﻣ‬U -c

5. It took the civil defence regiment nine hours to get the


flood waters under control.

‫ﺪ ﺗ•ــــﻊ‬Xp‫ ﺑ‬fU T‫ﺎ‬X‫ﻀ‬X‫ﻴ‬WX‫ﺎه اﻟ‬X‫ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻴ‬d‫ﻜ‬X‫ﺤ‬X‫ ﺗﺘ‬T‫ﺪﻧﻰ أ‬XS‫ ا‬n‫ﺎ‬X‫ﺔ اﻟﺪﻓ‬X\‫ﺮ‬X‫ﺘﻄﻊ ﻓ‬X•X‫ ﺗ‬d‫ ﻟ‬-j
. ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺎت‬

6. We must find someone to take control of these bolshy


children !

{‫ﺸﺎﻏﺒ‬S‫ ا‬e‫ﺎ‬WXy…‫` ا‬f‫ﺆ‬u ‫ﻴﻄﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ‬X•‫•ﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟ‬X^ ‫ﺺ‬Ys ‫ﺜـﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ‬Xp‫ﺑـﺪ ﻣ] اﻟ‬f -o
.
7. Birth-control is the old term for our modern
family-planning – perhaps a more politically correct term.

‫ ا…ﺳﺮة‬d‫ﺒﻴﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴ‬p‫ﺘ‬X‫ ﺑ‬T‫ﻀﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ اﻵ‬p‫ اﺳﺘ‬kl‫ﺪﱘ اﻟ‬XZ‫ﺼﻄﻠﺢ اﻟ‬S‫ﻮ ا‬u ‫ﺪ اﻟﻨ•ﻞ‬X^‫ ﲢﺪ‬-|
. ‫ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﺒﺎ\ﺔ‬€‫ﺒﻴﺮا‬p‫ا ﺗ‬lu T‫ ور‚ﺎ ﻛﺎ‬-

8. Traffic-control has come to be a major task for any modern


police force.
Translation 41

. ‫ﺔ اﳊﺪ^ﺜﺔ‬y‫ اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻀﻄﻠﻊ ﺑﻬﺎ \ـﻮات اﻟﺸﺮ‬k‫ اﻟﻜﺒﺮ‬t‫ﻬﺎ‬S‫ﺮور ﻣ] ا‬S‫ ا‬d‫ أﺻﺒﺢ ﺗﻨﻈﻴ‬-}

9. Control of foreign exchange is the responsibility of the


Finance Ministry.

. ‫ت ا…ﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬x‫ﻤ‬p‫ﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣ•~ﻮﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺮ\ﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟ‬S‫ارة ا‬b‫ ﺗﺘﻮﻟﻰ و‬-•

10. The choice of a word from a group of words representing a


cluster of meanings is determined by the translator's
interpretation of the English word in terms of the linguistic
code of the target language, controlled as it is by its history
and social conventions.

‫ﻀﻊ‬Y^ ‫ﺎﻧﻰ‬pS‫ ﻣ] ا‬€‫ا‬a‫ﻮ‬Z‫ﻨ‬X‫ﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻋ‬X‫ﺔ ﻣ] ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻜ‬X‫ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻛﻠﻤ‬TU -١„
‫ﺔ‬ƒ‫ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠ‬X‫ﻮ^ﺔ اﳋﺎﺻ‬ƒX‫ﺮة اﻟﻠ‬W‫ﻮ` اﻟﺸ‬X_ ‫^ﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬g‫ﻴ‬X‫ﳒﻠ‬f‫ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ا‬X‫ ﻟﻠ‬d‫ﺘﺮﺟ‬S‫ﺮ ا‬X‫•ﻴ‬W‫ﻟﺘ‬
‫ﺮاف‬X‫ﺔ وا…ﻋ‬XƒX‫ﻠ‬X‫ﻠﻚ اﻟ‬X‫ﺎر^ﺦ ﺗ‬X‫ﺘ‬X‫ﺎ ﻟ‬XXu‫ﺪور‬X‫ﻀﻊ ﺑ‬XYX‫ﺘﻰ ﺗ‬X‫ﻰ اﻟ‬u‫ و‬, ‫ﺎ‬X‫ﻬ‬XX‫ﻴ‬X‫ﻟ‬U d‫ﺮﺟ‬X‫ﺘ‬XS‫ا‬
. ‫ﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬f‫ا‬

11. Before paying for the goods in dollars, whether through a


bank draft or direct remittance, you must have clearance from
the Egyptian Foreign Exchange Control.

‫ﺪ‬Z‫ﺔ ﻣ] ﻣﺮا\ﺒﺔ اﻟﻨ‬ZX‫ﻮاﻓ‬S‫ ﺗﺄﺗﻰ ﺑﺎ‬T‫ر أ‬f‫ﻀﺎﺋﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺪو‬X‫ﻚ \ﺒﻞ ﺗ•ﺪ^ﺪ ﺛﻤ] اﻟﺒ‬X‫ﺑﺪ ﻟ‬f -١١
e‫رﺳﺎ‬U ‫ﻰ أو‬X‫ﺮﻓ‬X‫ﺼ‬X‫ﻮ^ﻞ ﻣ‬X‫ ﲢ‬w‫ﻮﺟ‬X‚ ‫ﺪ‬X^‫ﺪ‬X•X‫ﺘ‬X‫ اﻟ‬T‫ﺎ‬X‫ﻮا` ﻛ‬X‫ ﺳ‬, ‫ﺮ‬X‫ﻰ ﻣﺼ‬X‫ﺒﻰ ﻓ‬X‫ﻨ‬X‫ا…ﺟ‬
. ‫ﺮة‬s‫ ﻣﺒﺎ‬a‫ﻮ‬Z‫اﻟﻨ‬

12. The goods must be checked for compliance with


international standards by Quality Control officials before an
export permit is granted.
42 Translation

‫ اﻟﺒﻀﺎﺋﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ‬T‫ﺪ ﻣ] أ‬X‫ة ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛ‬a‫ﻮ‬m‫ﺒﺔ ا‬X\‫ﻴ~ﺔ ﻣﺮا‬u ‫ ﻓﻰ‬T‫ﺆوﻟﻮ‬X•S‫ ا‬t‫ﻮ‬Z^ T‫ أ‬w‫ ^ﺠ‬-١٢
. ‫ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺪ^ﺮ‬T‫ﺻﺪار اﻹذ‬U ‫ﺎ^ﻴﺮ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ \ﺒﻞ‬p‫ﺔ ﻟﻠﻤ‬W‫ﺎﻟ‬Y‫ﻣ‬

13. To improve its sales prospects, the firm must pay more
attention to packaging and quality control.

v‫ﻠﻴ‬ƒ‫ﻀﻴﺔ اﻟﺘ‬Z‫ﺮ ﺑ‬X‫ أﻛﺒ‬€‫ﺘﻤﺎﻣﺎ‬u‫ﺘﻤﺖ ا‬u‫ذا ا‬U fU ‫ﺎ‬X‫ﺎﺗﻬ‬p‫ ﻣﺒﻴ‬q‫ﺔ ﻣ] ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ آﻓﺎ‬X‫ ﻟ] ﺗﺘﻤﻜ] اﻟﺸﺮﻛ‬-١V
. ‫ة‬a‫ﻮ‬m‫وﻣﺮا\ﺒﺔ ا‬

Exercises : Translate quickly : ?


1. The teacher could not control the unruly class.

2. If the controls over education standards are relaxed, the


entire system will soon collapse.

3. The law gives the chairman the power to veto any proposals,
which is a control over what the committee may do.

4. What do you call the department that controls exports and


imports ?
Translation 43

Unit Three
A special unit, with plenty of exercises, is devoted to some of
the trickiest words in English, especially for the translator –
develop, development and their congnates. See the note to the
previous unit.

1. The American constitution was planned; the British


constitution evolved.

] ‫ﺸﺄ وﺗﻄﻮر‬X‫ﺪ ﻧ‬Z‫ﻄﺎﻧﻰ ﻓ‬X^‫ﺘﻮر اﻟﺒﺮ‬X‫ أﻣﺎ اﻟﺪﺳ‬, €‫ﺮ^ـﻜﻰ ﻋﻤﺪا‬X‫ وُ_ـﻊ اﻟﺪﺳـﺘﻮر ا…ﻣ‬-١
. [ ‫ﻤﺎرﺳﺔ اﻟ•ﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬S‫ﻣ] ا‬

2. Having failed in all previous attempts, he evolved a new


plan which surprised everybody.

. ‫ﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻬﺎ‬m‫ﺔ ﻓﺎﺑﺘﻜﺮ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺟﺪ^ﺪة ﻓﻮﺟﺊ ا‬Z‫ﺗﻪ اﻟ•ﺎﺑ‬f‫ ﻓﺸﻠﺖ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺤﺎو‬-٢

3. He evolved a new theory for handling rural poverty, which


seemed plausible enough, but the committee believed it
required a great deal of elaboration before being considered for
implementation.

‫ﺔ‬p‫ﻨ‬Z‫ﺠﻨﺔ أﻧﻬﺎ ﻣ‬X‫ ورأت اﻟﻠ‬, v^‫ﺮ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺮ‬ZW‫•ﺄﻟﺔ اﻟ‬S k‫ﺮ^ﺔ ﺟﺪ^ﺪة ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺪ‬X‫ ﻧﻈ‬n‫ اﺑﺘﺪ‬-V
‫ﺎﺻﻴﻞ‬XWX‫را† اﻟﺘ‬aU‫ﺔ و‬X\‫] اﻟﺪ‬X‫^ﺪ ﻣ‬gXS‫ ا‬k‫ﻪ ﲢﺮ‬X‫ﺒﺖ ﻣﻨ‬X‫ﻠ‬Xy ‫ﻬﺎ‬X‫ﻜﻨ‬X‫ وﻟ‬, ‫ﺮ‬X‫ﺒﻴ‬X‫ﺪ ﻛ‬X‫ﻟﻰ ﺣ‬U
. ‫ﺎ‬ul‫ﻴ‬W‫ ﺗﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻰ ﺗﻨ‬T‫ﻣﺔ \ﺒﻞ أ‬bx‫اﻟ‬

4. Your idea is good, but still undeveloped.


4a. Your idea is well developed but requires further elaboration.
44 Translation

4b. You have submitted an elaborate plan but the central


issue is not yet fully developed.

. ‫ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺎ_ﺠﺔ‬e‫ا‬g‫ وﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﺗ‬, ‫ﻜﺮة اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻄﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﺟﻴﺪة‬W‫ اﻟ‬- c


. ‫ﺎﺻﻴﻞ‬W‫^ﺪ ﻣ] اﻟﺘ‬gS‫ﻟﻰ ا‬U †‫ﻜﺮة اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻄﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﻧﺎ_ﺠﺔ وﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﲢﺘﺎ‬W‫ اﻟ‬- ‫أ‬c
. ‫ﻀﻴﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴ•ﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺎ_ﺠﺔ‬Z‫ﺼﻠﺔ وﻟﻜ] اﻟ‬W‫ﺮﺣﺖ ﺧﻄﺔ ﻣ‬y ‫ﺪ‬Z‫ ﻟ‬-zc

11. The development of modern mechanized means of


transport, especially the motor vehicle, has revolutionized our
continental trade.

, ‫ اﻟ•ﻴﺎرات ذات ا[ﺮﻛﺎت‬€‫ وﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ‬, ‫ﻞ اﻵﻟﻴﺔ اﳊﺪ^ﺜﺔ‬Z‫ اﺑﺘﻜﺎر وﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻨ‬TU -١١
. ‫ﺎرة ا…وروﺑﻴﺔ‬Z‫ اﻟ‬T‫ﻟﻰ ﺛﻮرة ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﺠﺎرة ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑ{ ﺑﻠﺪا‬U ka‫أ‬

(development may imply the meaning of evolution) :

. ‫ اﻟﺦ‬... ‫ﺼﺮ اﳊﺪ^ﺚ‬p‫ﺒﺘﻜﺮة ﻓﻰ اﻟ‬S‫ﻞ ا‬Z‫ ﺗﻄﻮر وﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻨ‬TU - ‫ أ‬١١

. ‫ اﻟﺦ‬.. ‫ اﻟ•ﻴﺎرة‬n‫ اﺧﺘﺮا‬€‫ وﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ‬, ‫ﻞ اﳊﺪ^ﺜﺔ‬Z‫ ﺗﻄﻮ^ﺮ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻨ‬TU -z١١

. ‫ اﻟﺦ‬... ‫ اﻟ•ﻴﺎرة‬€‫ وﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ‬, ‫ﻞ اﳊﺪ^ﺜﺔ‬Z‫ ﺗﻄﻮر وﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻨ‬TU -†١١

12. Thanks to ceaseless R & D efforts, the company seeks to


take the world by a storm, introducing the first-ever
scientifically devised rejuvenation treatment.

e‫ﺎ اﻟﺪاﺋﺒﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺠﺎ‬ua‫ﺪ ﺟﻬﻮ‬p‫ ﺑ‬, €‫ﺎ‬X‫ﻴﺔ \ﺮ^ﺒ‬S‫ﺎ‬p‫ اﻟ‬q‫و ا…ﺳﻮا‬gƒX‫ ﺗ‬T‫ ﺗﺄﻣﻞ اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ أ‬-١٢
†x‫ ﻋ‬e‫ﻮ أو‬u‫ و‬, T‫ ﻟﻺﻧ•ﺎ‬z‫ﻴﺪ اﻟﺸﺒﺎ‬pX^ †x‫ ﻋ‬e‫ ﺑﻄﺮح أو‬, ‫ﺑﺘﻜﺎر‬f‫اﻟﺒﺤﻮث وا‬
. ‫ اﳊﺪ^ﺚ‬d‫ﻠ‬p‫ﻟﻴﻪ اﻟ‬U ‫ ^ﺘﻮﺻﻞ‬n‫ا اﻟﻨﻮ‬lu ]‫ﻣ‬

(develop may imply the meaning of elaborate) :


Translation 45

13. The committee finds the project, in its present form, too
general : it requires further development in terms of filling the
obvious gaps and supplying essential details.

]‫ﺑﺪ ﻣ‬f‫ و‬, ‫ﺸﺪ^ﺪ‬X‫ اﻟ‬d‫ﻤﻴ‬p‫ﺘ‬X‫ ﺑﺎﻟ‬d•‫ ﺗﺘ‬n‫ﺮو‬X‫ﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸ‬X‫ﺼﻮرة اﳊﺎﻟﻴ‬X‫ اﻟ‬T‫ﻠﺠﻨﺔ أ‬X‫ اﻟ‬k‫ ﺗﺮ‬-١V
. ‫ﻏﻨﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬f ‫ت اﻟﺘﻰ‬x‫ﺼﻴ‬W‫ اﻟﺘ‬a‫^ﺮا‬U‫ﺮات اﻟﻮا_ﺤﺔ و‬ƒ‫ﻴﺤﻬﺎ ﺑ•ﺪ اﻟﺜ‬Z‫ﺗﻨ‬

(development may imply the meaning of growth) :

14. The phenomenon was inexplicable : two trees were


planted at the same time, and in the same soil, but one
remained stunted, the other developed into a high and shady
tree.

‫•ﻪ وﻓﻰ‬W‫ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻮ\ﺖ ﻧ‬T‫ﺠﺮﺗﺎ‬s ‫ذ ﻏُﺮﺳﺖ‬U , ‫ﺮة‬u‫ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ اﻟﻈﺎ‬€‫•ﻴﺮا‬W‫ ^ﺠﺪ أﺣﺪ ﺗ‬d‫ ﻟ‬-١c
‫ﺔ ﻇﻠﻴﻠﺔ‬X‫وﺣ‬a ‫ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻏﺪت‬k‫ وﳕﺖ ا…ﺧﺮ‬, ‫ﺔ‬X~‫ﻤﺎ \ﻤﻴ‬Xu‫ﺣﺪا‬U ‫ ﻓﻈﻠﺖ‬, ‫ﺎ‬X‫ﺘﺮﺑﺔ ذاﺗﻬ‬X‫اﻟ‬
.

15. This land is ripe for development.

. ( ka‫\ﺘﺼﺎ‬f‫ ا‬exƒ‫ﺳﺘ‬x‫ ﻟ‬/ ‫ﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر‬x‫ة ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ) ﻟ‬gu‫ه ا…رض ﺟﺎ‬lu -١j

16. The development area in the Eastern Nile Delta is already


attracting many businesses.

e‫ أﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣ] رﺟﺎ‬z‫ا‬l‫ اﻟﺪﻟﺘﺎ ‚ﺼﺮ ﻓﻰ اﺟﺘ‬q‫ﺮ‬s ‫ﺔ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ‬Z‫ ﺑﺪأت ﻣﻨﻄ‬-١o
. e‫ا…ﻋﻤﺎ‬

17. He seemed to be suffering simply from a common cold


fever, but the symptoms of malaria soon developed.
46 Translation

‫^ﺔ‬a‫ ﻋﺎ‬a‫ﻟﺔ ﺑﺮ‬gX‫ﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻟﻨ‬X‫ﺼ‬S‫رﺟﺔ اﳊﺮارة ا‬a n‫ﺎ‬WX‫ ﻣ] ارﺗ‬fU ‫ﺎﻧﻰ‬p^ f ‫ﺒﺪو أﻧﻪ‬X^ T‫ ﻛﺎ‬-١|
. ‫ر^ﺎ‬xS‫ ﻣﺎ ﻇﻬﺮت ﻋﻠﻴﻪ أﻋﺮاض ا‬T‫ وﻟﻜ] ﺳﺮﻋﺎ‬,

18. When the film was developed, none of the pictures proved
satisfactory.

. ‫ ﻓﺎﺳﺪة‬€‫ﺎ‬p‫ اﻟﺼﻮر ﺟﻤﻴ‬T‫ أ‬d‫ﻴﻠ‬W‫ﺪ ﲢﻤﻴﺾ اﻟ‬p‫ اﺗﻀﺢ ﺑ‬-١}

19. The availability of cultivable land may not be enough to


plan any agricultural expansion in the south; for sustainable
agricultural development will require more resources than the
state can currently afford.

‫ﻮﺳﻊ‬X‫ﺘ‬X‫ﻄﻂ اﻟ‬X‫ﻮ_ﻊ ﺧ‬X‫ ﻟ‬€‫ﺎ‬XX‫ﻴ‬X‫ﺎﻓ‬X‫ﺔ ﻛ‬X‫راﻋ‬gX‫ﻠ‬X‫ﺔ ﻟ‬X‫ﺎﳊ‬X‫ﺼ‬XX‫ﺮ ا…رض اﻟ‬X‫ﻮاﻓ‬X‫ ﺗ‬T‫ﻮ‬X‫ﻜ‬X^ f ‫ﺪ‬X\ -١•
a‫ﻮار‬S‫ ﻣ] ا‬w‫ﻄﻠ‬X‫ﺪاﻣﺔ ﺗﺘ‬X‫•ﺘ‬XS‫راﻋﻴﺔ ا‬gX‫ﻴﺔ اﻟ‬X‫ﺘﻨﻤ‬X‫ اﻟ‬TU ‫ذ‬U , z‫ﻨﻮ‬m‫راﻋﻰ ﻓﻰ ا‬g‫اﻟ‬
. ‫ه اﻵوﻧﺔ‬lu ‫ ﺗﻤﻠﻜﻪ اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ ﻓﻰ‬f ‫ﻣﺎ‬

20. In sustainable development, conceived in modern


economic terms, partnerships are formed not only in terms of
capital and expertise, but also in terms of common interests
and objectives.
]‫ة ﻣ‬a‫ﺪ‬p‫ﺘ‬X‫ ﻣ‬€‫ ﺻﻮرا‬w‫ﻠ‬X‫ﺘﻄ‬X‫ اﳊﺪ^ﺚ ﺗ‬ka‫ﺘﺼﺎ‬X\f‫ﺎ ا‬u‫ﺎ‬X‫ﻨ‬pX‚ ‫ﻤﺮة‬X‫•ﺘ‬XS‫ﻴﺔ ا‬X‫ﻨﻤ‬X‫ اﻟﺘ‬TU -٢„
, ‫ واﳋﺒﺮة‬e‫ﺎ‬S‫ﺸﺎرﻛﺔ ﻓﻰ رأس ا‬S‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ا‬T‫ذ‬U ‫ﺘﺼـﺮ‬ZX‫ ﺗ‬f ‫ﻰ‬u‫ و‬, ‫ﺸﺎرﻛﺔ‬S‫ﺻـﻮر ا‬
. €‫ﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ أ^ﻀﺎ‬S‫ﺪاف ا‬u…‫ﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ وا‬S‫ﺼﺎﻟﺢ ا‬S‫ ا‬a‫ﺑﻞ ﺗﺘﻀﻤ] وﺟﻮ‬

Exercises : Translate quickly :


?
1. Egypt is a developing country.

2. A plan must be developed for improving your English.

3. Land development requires capital.

4. Have you had the film developed ?

5. What are the recently developed techniques of printing ?

6. He hopes to develop a new system of management.


Translation 47

Unit Four
More information is given in this unit, with more examples
and more exericses, on some of the most problematic words in
English for the translator.

1. She has great facility in learning languages.

. ( ‫ﺒﺔ‬u‫ﻮ‬S‫ﻨﺎ ا‬u ‫ﻨﻰ‬p‫ﺎت ﺑﻴ•ﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ) وﺗ‬ƒ‫ اﻟﻠ‬d‫ﻠ‬p‫ﻧﻬﺎ ﺗ•ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗ‬U -١

2. She shows facility in performing any task requiring


accuracy such as ...

( ‫ﻬﺎرة‬S‫ﻨﺎ ا‬u ‫ﻨﻰ‬p‫ ) وﺗ‬... ‫ اﻟﺪ\ﺔ ﻓﻰ‬w‫ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺗﺘﻄﻠ‬k… ‫اﺋﻬﺎ‬a‫ ﺗﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ أ‬-٢

3. She can paint with facility, even though she's never been to
any art school.

‫ﻬﺪ ﻓﻨﻰ‬p‫ ﻣ‬k‫ ﺑﺄ‬r‫ ﺗﻠﺘﺤ‬d‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟ‬TU‫ و‬, ‫ﺘﻰ ﺑ•ﻬﻮﻟﺔ‬X^g‫ ﺗ•ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﳑﺎرﺳﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﻮ^ﺮ اﻟ‬-V
( ‫ﻄﺮ^ﺔ‬W‫ﺒﺔ اﻟ‬u‫ﻮ‬S‫ﻟﻰ ا‬U ‫ ) ﺗﺸﻴﺮ‬. ‫ﻓﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﺎ‬

4. The facilities available for travel today have made the world
a small place.

a‫ﺤﺪو‬X‫ ﻣ‬€‫ﺎﻧﺎ‬X‫ ﻣﻜ‬d‫ﺎﻟ‬Xp‫ﻠﺖ اﻟ‬Xp‫ﺪ ﺟ‬X\ t‫ﻴﻮ‬X‫ﺮ اﻟ‬WX•‫ﺮت اﻟ‬X•^ ‫ﺘﻰ‬X‫ اﻟ‬e‫ﺎ‬ZX‫ﻧﺘ‬f‫ﺎﺋﻞ ا‬X‫ وﺳ‬TU -c
. ‫•ﺎﺣﺔ‬S‫ا‬

5. The school has adequate study facilities, but hardly any

sports facilities.
48 Translation

‫ﻟﻰ‬U ‫ﺮ‬ZX‫ﺘ‬WX‫ ﺗ‬a‫ﻜﺎ‬X‫ﻬﺎ ﺗ‬X‫ﻨ‬X‫ وﻟﻜ‬, ‫ﺔ‬X‫ﻤﻴ‬X‫ﻠﻴ‬Xp‫ﺘ‬X‫ﺎﺋﻞ اﻟ‬X‫ﻰ ﻣ] اﻟﻮﺳ‬WX‫ﺎ ^ﻜ‬X‫ﺪرﺳﺔ ﻣ‬XS‫ﺎ‬X‫ﻮﺟﺪ ﺑ‬Xُ^ -j
. ‫ اﻟﺮ^ﺎ_ﻴﺔ‬r‫ﺮاﻓ‬S‫ا‬

6. The new water desalination facilities established by Saudi


Arabia in Jeddah are the envy of the world; but countries with
no easy access to sea water cannot make use of such facilities.

‫ ﻓﻰ ﺟﺪة‬€‫ﺪ^ﺜﺎ‬X‫^ﺔ ﺣ‬a‫ﻮ‬Xp•X‫ﻴﺔ اﻟ‬X‫ﺮﺑ‬pX‫ﻜﺔ اﻟ‬X‫ﻤﻠ‬S‫ﺎ ا‬X‫ﺄﺗﻬ‬X‫ﺘﻰ أﻧﺸ‬X‫ﻴﺎه اﻟ‬XS‫ﻴﺔ ا‬X‫ﺎﻧﻊ ﲢﻠ‬X‫ ﻣﺼ‬-o
‫ ﺑﻴ•ﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻴﺎه‬e‫ ^ﺘﺎح ﻟﻬﺎ اﳊﺼﻮ‬f ‫ اﻟﺘﻰ‬T‫ وﻟﻜ] اﻟﺒﻠﺪا‬, d‫ﺎﻟ‬p‫ اﻟ‬z‫ﻋﺠﺎ‬U ‫ﻣﺤﻂ‬
. ‫ﻨﺸﺂت‬S‫ه ا‬lu ‫ ‚ﺜﻞ‬n‫ﺎ‬W‫ﻧﺘ‬f‫ ﺗ•ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ا‬f ‫اﻟﺒﺤﺮ‬

7. A new signalling facility has been set up by the army to


serve civil aviation in the north of Kosovo, currently under UN
control.

T‫ﺔ اﻟﻄﻴﺮا‬X‫ﺎرة ( ﳋﺪﻣ‬sf‫ح ا‬x•X‫ﺔ ﻟ‬p‫ﺎﺑ‬X‫ﺎرات ) ﺗ‬sx‫ﺪ^ﺪة ﻟ‬X‫ﺤﻄﺔ ﺟ‬X‫ﻴﺶ ﻣ‬m‫ﺸﺄ ا‬X‫ أﻧ‬-|
‫ارة ا…ﱈ‬a‫ ﻹ‬€‫ﻀﻊ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ‬YX‫ﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗ‬Z‫ﻨﻄ‬XS‫ﻰ ا‬u‫ و‬, ‫ ﻛﻮﺳﻮﻓﻮ‬d‫ﻠﻴ‬X\U e‫ﻤﺎ‬s ‫ﺪﻧﻰ ﻓﻰ‬S‫ا‬
. ‫ﺘﺤﺪة‬S‫ا‬

8. The language laboratory (lab.) established in the department


of English is a valuable teaching facility.

‫ﺎﺋﻞ‬X‫] اﻟﻮﺳ‬X‫^ﺔ ﻣ‬gX‫ﻴ‬X‫ﻠ‬X‫ﳒ‬f‫ﺔ ا‬XƒX‫ﻠ‬X‫ اﻟ‬d•X\ ‫ﺸﻰ` ﻓﻰ‬X‫ أﻧ‬klX‫ﺎت اﻟ‬XƒX‫ﻠ‬X‫ﻤﻞ اﻟ‬XpX‫ﺮ ﻣ‬X‫ﺒ‬X‫ﺘ‬XpX^ -}
. ‫ﻴﻤﺔ‬Z‫ﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ اﻟ‬p‫اﻟﺘ‬

9. The radar facilities at Cairo airport are periodically updated


to cope with the increasing volume of traffic.

‫ﻄﻴﻊ‬X‫ﺘ‬X•X‫ﺘﻰ ﺗ‬X‫ﺔ ﺣ‬X^‫ور‬a ‫ﺔ‬XW‫ﺼ‬X‫ﺮة ﺑ‬Xu‫ﺎ‬XZX‫ﺎر اﻟ‬X‫ار ﻓﻰ ﻣﻄ‬a‫ﺮا‬X‫ة اﻟ‬g‫ﻬ‬X‫ﺪ^ﺚ أﺟ‬X‫ ﲢ‬k‫ﺮ‬X‫ﺠ‬X^ -•
. ‫ة ﻓﻰ اﳊﺮﻛﺔ‬a‫^ﺎ‬g‫ﻣﻮاﺟﻬﺔ اﻟ‬
Translation 49

10. The facilitities required for the new hospital must include
a child- care clinic, a maternity ward and a day-nursery :
many would-be mothers can ill-afford to engage baby-sitters
if they have to spend more than a day or two in hospital.

‫ﻨﺎ^ﺔ‬pX‫ة ﻟﻠ‬a‫ﺪ ﻋﻴﺎ‬X^‫ﺪ‬m‫ﻰ ا‬W‫ﺘﺸ‬X•‫ﻠﻤ‬X‫ﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟ‬XS‫ات ا‬g‫ﺠﻬﻴ‬X‫ ﻣ] ﺑ{ اﻟﺘ‬T‫ﻮ‬X‫ ^ﻜ‬T‫ﺑﺪ أ‬f -١„
‫ﺎﻋﺎت‬X‫ﺎ ﺳ‬X‫ﻴﻬ‬X‫ ﻓ‬T‫ﻮ‬X‫ﻀ‬XZ^ e‫ﺎ‬XWXy‫ﺔ أ‬X_‫ ورو‬, ‫ﺤﻮاﻣﻞ‬X‫ﻠ‬X‫ﺮ ﻟ‬X‫ﻨﺒ‬X‫ وﻋ‬, e‫ﺎ‬XWXy…‫ﺤﺔ ا‬X‫ﺼ‬X‫ﺑ‬
‫] ﲢﻤﻞ‬pX‫ﺘﻄ‬X•^ f ‫ﻮ_ﻊ‬X‫ﻜ] ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟ‬Xs‫ﺋﻰ أو‬x‫ﻮاﻣﻞ اﻟ‬X‫ﻴﺮ ﻣ] اﳊ‬X‫ﻜﺜ‬X‫ ﻓ‬, ‫ﻬﺎر‬X‫اﻟﻨ‬
‫ أو‬t‫ﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ^ﻮ‬X^g‫ﺎ` ﻣﺪة ﺗ‬X‫ﻰ \ﻀ‬X‫ﻟ‬U T‫ذا ا_ﻄﺮر‬U ]X‫ﺎﻟﻬ‬WXy‫ﺮﻋﻰ أ‬X^ ]‫ ﻣ‬v‫ﺎﻟﻴ‬X‫ﺗﻜ‬
. ‫ﻰ‬W‫•ﺘﺸ‬S‫^ﻮﻣ{ ﻓﻰ ا‬

Exercises : Translate quickly : ?


1. What are the basic facilities required for a university library ?

2. What do you think of the sanitary facilities in our university ?

3. Do you believe that the facilities at Cairo airport should


be modernized ?

4. A translator must have facility in writing.

5. I wish I could have your facility in speech !

6. Travel facilities have greatly improved, haven't they ?


50 Translation
Translation 51

Unit Five
More information on basic current affairs terms, especially the
ones too difficult to translate, is given in examples, with more
exercises.

1. The commonest formula for a successful detective story is


to conceal a great deal of information about the motives for the
crime, as well as the real criminal, while keeping everybody
else under suspicion until the very end.

‫ﺎ` ﻛﺜﻴﺮ‬WX‫ﺧ‬U ‫ﻮ‬u ‫ﺎﺟﺤﺔ‬X‫•ﻴﺔ اﻟﻨ‬X‫ﺼﺔ اﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴ‬XZ‫ ﻓﻰ اﻟ‬€‫ﻴﻮﻋﺎ‬s ‫ﺔ‬X‫ﺒﻨﺎﺋﻴ‬X‫ اﻟ‬e‫ﻜﺎ‬s…‫ﺜﺮ ا‬X‫ أﻛ‬-١
‫ﺘﺒﺎه‬Xsf‫ﺛﺎرة ا‬U ‫ ﻣﻊ‬, ‫ﻰ‬ZX‫ﻴ‬Z‫ﺎ اﳊ‬X‫ﺒﻬ‬X‫ﺮﺗﻜ‬X‫ﺔ وﻣ‬i‫ﺮ‬m‫ﺪواﻓﻊ ا‬X‫ﺎﺻﺔ ﺑ‬X‫ﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﳋ‬XpS‫ﻣ] ا‬
. ‫ ﺣﺘﻰ آﺧﺮ ﳊﻈﺔ‬, ]^‫ﺼﺔ اﻵﺧﺮ‬Z‫ اﻟ‬e‫ﻓﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ أﺑﻄﺎ‬

2. One accepted formula for a musical comedy is to have a


musician or a singer play the leading role.

{‫ﻴ‬Z‫ﻮﺳﻴ‬S‫ﺪ ا‬X‫ور اﻟﺒﻄﻮﻟﺔ …ﺣ‬a a‫ﻨﺎ‬X‫ﻴﺔ اﺳ‬Z‫ﻮﺳﻴ‬S‫ﺎ ا‬X^‫ﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﻣﻴﺪ‬X‫ﺒﻮﻟ‬ZS‫ ا‬w‫ﻮاﻟ‬ZX‫ ﻣ] اﻟ‬-٢
. {‫ﻄﺮﺑ‬S‫أو ا‬

3. A traditional formula for legitimizing military intervention


(and occupation) is to have a dissident political party ask for
help, then appear to be responding to a popular demand for
saving the country from civil war or anarchy.
52 Translation

k‫ﻜﺮ‬X•Xp‫ﺪﺧﻞ اﻟ‬X‫ﺘ‬X‫ﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟ‬X‫ﻴ‬X‫ﺸﺮﻋ‬X‫ﺎ` اﻟ‬XWX_‫ﺔ ﻹ‬pX‫ﺒ‬X‫ﺘ‬S‫ﺔ ا‬X^‫ﺪ‬X‫ﻴ‬X‫ﻠ‬ZX‫ﺘ‬X‫ اﻟ‬w‫ﻴ‬X‫ ﻣ] ا…ﺳﺎﻟ‬-V


w‫ﻠ‬X‫ﻄ‬X‫ﺔ ﺑ‬XZX‫ﺸ‬X‫ﻨ‬XS‫ﺔ ا‬X‫ﻴ‬X‫ﺎﺳ‬X‫ﻴ‬X•X‫ اﻟ‬z‫ا‬gX‫ﺪ ا…ﺣ‬X‫ﻟﻰ أﺣ‬U ‫ﺘﻞ‬X[‫ ا‬gX‫ﻮﻋ‬X^ T‫( أ‬ex‫ﺘ‬X‫ﺣ‬f‫)وا‬
]‫ ﻣ‬ax‫ﺎذ اﻟﺒ‬XZ‫ﻧ‬f ‫ﺒﻰ‬XpXs w‫ﻄﻠ‬XS ‫ﺎﺑﺔ‬X‫ﺠ‬X‫ﺪﺧﻞ اﺳﺘ‬X‫ﺪو أﻧﻪ ^ﺘ‬X‫ﺒ‬X^ ‫ﺤﻴﺚ‬X‫ ﺑ‬, ‫ﺎﻋﺪة‬X•S‫ا‬
. ‫ﻮ_ﻰ‬W‫ﻠﻴﺔ أو اﻟ‬u…‫ ا‬z‫ﻮة اﳊﺮ‬u ‫ ﻓﻰ‬n‫اﻟﻮ\ﻮ‬

4. The current formula of most milk powders includes


vitamins and minerals, some essential for healthy growth.

, Ta‫ﺎ‬pS‫ﺎت وا‬X‫ﺎﻣﻴﻨ‬X‫ﻴﺘ‬XW‫ﻀﻤ] اﻟ‬X‫ ﺗﺘ‬vWX²‫ اﻟﻠﱭ ا‬n‫ﻮا‬X‫ أﻧ‬d‫ﻈ‬pXS ‫ﺔ‬p‫ﺎﺋ‬X‫ﺔ اﻟﺸ‬X‫ﺮﻛﻴﺒ‬X‫ اﻟﺘ‬-c
. ‫ﻞ‬W‫ﺮ^ﺔ ﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﳕﻮ اﻟﻄ‬u‫ﻤﻴﺔ ﺟﻮ‬u‫ﻀﻬﺎ ذو أ‬p‫وﺑ‬

5. The established formula for corn flakes is wheat flour plus


other nutritional elements, real or bogus, designed to attract the
young especially.

‫ﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬pX‫ﺾ اﻟ‬p‫ﻟﻴﻪ ﺑ‬U €‫ﺎﻓﺎ‬X‫ﻤﺢ ﻣﻀ‬ZX‫ اﻟ‬r‫\ﻴ‬a ‫ﻰ‬u ‫ﻴﻜﺲ‬X‫ ﻓﻠ‬T‫ﻠﻜﻮر‬X‫ﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻟ‬X‫ﻴﺒﺔ اﻟ‬X‫ اﻟﺘﺮﻛ‬-j
z‫ا‬l‫ﻟﻰ اﺟﺘ‬U ‫ﺘﻰ ﺗﻬﺪف‬X‫ اﻟ‬, ‫ ﻛﺎذﺑﺔ‬t‫ﺔ أ‬X‫ﻴ‬Z‫ﻴ‬XZ‫ﺎﻧﺖ ﺣ‬X‫ ﺳﻮا` أﻛ‬, k‫ﺔ ا…ﺧﺮ‬X‫اﺋﻴ‬lƒX‫اﻟ‬
. ‫ﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬W‫ﺎر ﺑﺼ‬ƒ‫ اﻟﺼ‬t‫ﺘﻤﺎ‬u‫ا‬

6. Man is distinguished from the other members of the animal


kingdom by his capacity for laughter but the idea, thus
formulated, should exclude some eminent political leaders
from the human race.

, ‫ﻀﺤﻚ‬X‫ﺪرﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟ‬XZ‫ﺔ ﺑ‬X‫ﻮاﻧﻴ‬X‫ﺔ اﳊﻴ‬X‫ﻠﻜ‬X‫ﻤ‬S‫ ا‬a‫ﺮا‬X‫ﻴﺮه ﻣ] أﻓ‬X‫ ﻋ] ﻏ‬T‫•ﺎ‬X‫ اﻹﻧ‬g‫ﻴ‬X‫ﺘﻤ‬X^ -o


`‫ﺎ‬X‫ﻤ‬X‫ﻋ‬gX‫] اﻟ‬X‫ﺮ ﻣ‬X‫ﻴ‬X‫ﺜ‬X‫ ﻛ‬a‫ﺎ‬XXpX‫ﺒ‬X‫ﺘ‬XX‫ﺄﻧﻪ اﺳ‬Xs ]‫ﻮرة ﻣ‬X‫ﺼ‬XX‫ه اﻟ‬lX‫ﻬ‬X‫ﺮة ﺑ‬XX‫ﻜ‬XWX‫ﻜ] و_ﻊ اﻟ‬XX‫وﻟ‬
. k‫ﻨﺲ اﻟﺒﺸﺮ‬m‫^] ﻣ] ا‬b‫اﻟ•ﻴﺎﺳﻴ{ اﻟﺒﺎر‬
Translation 53

7. His ideas are original, drawn from empirical facts, and very
valuable indeed; like all new ideas, however, they are a little
amorphous, requiring formulation if they are to constitute a
theory.

, k‫ﻤﺔ ﻛﺒﺮ‬X‫ وذات \ﻴ‬, ‫ﻴﺔ‬Xp\‫ﺎرﺑﻪ اﻟﻮا‬X‫ﻟﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﲡ‬U ‫•ﺘﻨﺪ‬X‫ وﺗ‬, ‫ﺎره أﺻﻴﻠﺔ‬X‫ أﻓﻜ‬TU -|
‫ﻟﻰ ﺣﺪ‬U ‫ﻣﻴﺔ‬xu e‫ا‬gX‫ ﻣﺎﺗ‬, ‫ﺪ^ﺪة‬Xm‫ﺎﺋﺮ ا…ﻓﻜﺎر ا‬X‫ ﺳ‬T‫ﺄ‬s ‫ﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ذﻟﻚ‬X‫ﺄﻧ‬s , ‫ﻬﺎ‬X‫وﻟﻜﻨ‬
. ‫ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻧﻈﺮ^ﺔ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬d‫ﺎر ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻰ ﻣﺤﻜ‬yU ‫ﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ‬p_‫ﺑﺪ ﻣ] و‬f‫ و‬, ‫ﻣﺎ‬

8. The use of osmotic pressure in the desalination of water was


first formulated by A. Nashar, an Egyptian scientist living in
the USA, but the applications have been elaborated by US
scientists.

]‫ ﻣ‬e‫ﻮ أو‬u , ‫ﺪة‬X‫ﺘﺤ‬XS‫ﺎت ا‬X^f‫ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻮ‬d‫ﻴ‬ZXS‫ ا‬k‫ﺮ‬X‫ﺼ‬S‫ ا‬d‫ﺎﻟ‬XpX‫ اﻟ‬, ‫ﺸﺎر‬X‫ﻨ‬X‫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟ‬T‫ﺎ‬X‫ ﻛ‬-}
‫ﺎﺻﻴﻞ‬XWX‫ﺘ‬X‫ أﻣﺎ اﻟ‬, ‫ﺮ‬X‫ﺤ‬X‫ﺎه اﻟﺒ‬X‫ﻴ‬X‫ﺔ ﻣ‬X‫ﻠﻴ‬X‫ ﻓﻰ ﲢ‬kb‫ﻮ‬X‫ﻤ‬X‫ﻂ ا…ﺳ‬ƒ‫ﻀ‬X‫ اﻟ‬t‫ﺪا‬XYX‫ اﺳﺘ‬n‫ﺪ‬X‫ﺘ‬X‫اﺑ‬
. T‫ﻠﻤﺎ` ا…ﻣﺮ^ﻜﻴﻮ‬p‫ﻬﺎ اﻟ‬p_‫ﺪ و‬Z‫ﻜﺮة ﻓ‬W‫ه اﻟ‬lu ‫ﺎت‬Z‫اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴ‬

9. An approach must be formulated for handling long


sentences before suggesting any practical solutions to their
complex grammar in translation.

e‫ﻠﻮ‬X‫ ﺣ‬k‫ﺘﺮاح أ‬X\‫ﺒﻞ ا‬X\ ‫ﺔ‬X‫ﻮ^ﻠ‬X‫ﻄ‬X‫ﻤﻞ اﻟ‬Xm‫ﻠﻴﻞ ا‬X‫ﺤ‬X‫ﺘ‬X‫ ﻟ‬a‫ﺤﺪ‬X‫ﻬﺞ ﻣ‬X‫ﻨ‬X‫ﻜﺎر ﻣ‬X‫ﺘ‬X‫ﺪ ﻣ] اﺑ‬X‫ﺑ‬f -•
. ‫ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ‬k‫ﻴﺪ ﻓﻰ ﺑﻨﺎﺋﻬﺎ اﻟﻨﺤﻮ‬Zp‫ت اﻟﺘ‬x‫ﺸﻜ‬S ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬

10. The formulators of the US constitution were no doubt


idealistic, which accounts for the fact that the Amendments
are more often cited than the original text.
54 Translation

‫ﻮ ﻣﺎ‬Xu‫ و‬, {‫ﻴ‬X‫ﺜﺎﻟ‬X‫ﺎﻧﻮا ﻣ‬X‫ﺤـﺪة ﻛ‬X‫ﺘ‬S‫ﺎت ا‬X^f‫ﻮر اﻟﻮ‬X‫ﺳﺘ‬a ‫ﻮا‬X‫ـ‬p_‫^] و‬lX‫ اﻟ‬T‫ﻚ أ‬s f -١„
‫ﻴﻪ أﻛﺜﺮ‬X‫ﻠﺖ ﻋﻠ‬X‫ﺧ‬a‫ت اﻟﺘﻰ أ‬x^‫ﺪ‬Xp‫ﺘ‬X‫ ﺑﺎﻟ‬a‫ﻬﺎ‬X‫ﺘﺸ‬X‫ﺳ‬f‫ﻟﻰ ا‬U ‫ﻴﻞ اﻟﻨﺎس‬X‫ﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣ‬X•WX^
. ‫ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺺ ا…ﺻﻠﻰ‬a‫ﺳﺘﺸﻬﺎ‬f‫ﻣ] ا‬

11. The wording of the statement is too strong, but then the
ideas are strident and, no matter how careful you may be in
tempering it, the formulation will offend somebody,
somewhere.

Exercises : Translate quickly : ?


1. What is the best formula for producing an interesting book ?

2. I know a sure formula for success : reading !

3. The formulas of most fast foods are based on fatty meat.

4. We need to formulate a plan for re-designing our


translation courses.

5. The way in which the questions were formulated shows that


the teacher had been out of touch with the linguistic levels of
his students; the questions contained many difficult words
and many complex structures.

6. Any ready-made formula for passing the exams will fail if


the students disregard the teacher's advice.

7. We need a better formulation of the content of cultural


programmes : they mostly deal with domestic affairs and
ignore vital social questions.
Translation 55

Unit Six
A problem word like imply may need to be handled in
conjunction with another equally problematic word like involve.
Both are dealt with in the following examples which should be
studied carefully by the student.
a) Imply

1. By accepting the document, the committee implicitly


approved the principle of private capital participation in the
project, but no specific rules of implementation could be
inferred.

‫ﺎ ﳌﺒﺪأ ﻣﺸﺎرﻛﺔ رأس ﻣﺎل‬-‫ﻤﻨﺎً ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻬ‬-‫ﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻌﻨﻰ ﺿ‬-‫ﻮاﻓﻘﺔ اﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟ‬-‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣ‬-١
‫ﻴﺬﻳﺔ‬-‫ﺪ ﺗﻨﻔ‬-‫ﺎط أﻳﺔ ﻗﻮاﻋ‬-‫ﺘﻨﺒ‬-‫ﺴﺘﻄﻊ اﺳ‬-‫ﻨﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻧ‬-‫ وﻟﻜﻨ‬, ‫ﺮوع‬-‫ﺎص ﻓﻰ اﳌﺸ‬T‫ﺎع ا‬-‫اﻟﻘﻄ‬
. ‫ اﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ‬U‫ﻣ‬

2. If drama implies conflict, and poetry metaphor, then poetic


drama must imply the dramatization of metaphor !

V‫ﺪ أ‬-WX‫ ﻓ‬, Y‫ﺎر‬-‫ﻌ‬-‫ﺘ‬-‫ﺳ‬Z‫ ا‬U‫ﻤ‬-[-‫ﺘ‬-‫ﺮ ﻳ‬-‫ﻌ‬-‫ﺸ‬-‫ﺮاع واﻟ‬-\-‫ اﻟ‬U‫ﻤ‬-[-‫ﺘ‬-‫ﺎ ﺗ‬-‫ﺪراﻣ‬-‫ﺎﻧﺖ اﻟ‬-‫ ^]ا ﻛ‬-_
! ‫ ﻣﺎ‬Y‫ﺳﺘﻌﺎر‬Z ‫ اﻟﺪراﻣﺎ اﻟﺸﻌﺮﻳﺔ اﳌﻌﺎ`ﺔ اﻟﺪراﻣﻴﺔ‬U‫ﺗﺘ[ﻤ‬

‫ﺪ‬WX‫ ﻓ‬Y‫ﺳﺘﻌﺎر‬Z‫ ا‬a‫ﻮ‬b‫ﺸﻌﺮ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ و‬-‫ واﻟ‬, ‫ اﻟ\ﺮاع‬a‫ﻮ‬b‫ ^]ا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺪراﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻨﻰ و‬- ‫_ أ‬
! ً‫راﻣﻴﺎ‬a Y‫ﺳﺘﻌﺎر‬Z‫ اﻟﺪراﻣﺎ اﻟﺸﻌﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﻨﻰ ﺗ\ﻮﻳﺮ ا‬V‫أ‬

c‫ﻤﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻛ‬-d‫ﺎ‬-‫ ﻗ‬Y‫ﺎر‬-‫ﻌ‬-‫ﺳﺘ‬Z‫ وا‬, ‫ﻰ‬e‫ﺮ‬-‫ﺴ‬-‫ ﻣ‬c‫ﻤ‬-‫ ﻋ‬c‫ﻤﺎً ﻓﻰ ﻛ‬-d‫ﺎ‬-‫ﺮاع ﻗ‬-\-‫ اﻟ‬V‫ﺎ‬-‫ ^]ا ﻛ‬-f_
... ‫ﺪ‬WX‫ ﻓ‬, g‫ﻌﺮ‬h c‫ﻋﻤ‬

3. The gradual lowering of tariffs, with a view to total


56 Translation

abolishment, as required by the GATT 1994 Agreements, has


serious implications for third world trade prospects.

‫ وﻓﻘﺎً ﳌﺎ‬, ً‫ﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ‬-d‫ﺎ‬i‫ﻟ‬j ً‫ﺔ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪا‬-‫ ا`ﻤﺮﻛﻴ‬k‫ﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎ‬-‫ اﻟﺘﺪرﻳﺠﻰ ﻟﻠﺘ‬l‫ﻔﻴ‬-m‫ اﻟﺘ‬V^ -n
o‫ﻓﺎ‬p ‫ﻠﻰ‬-‫ ﻋ‬Y‫ﺮ‬-‫ﻴ‬-‫ﻄ‬T‫ ا‬q‫ﺎر‬-‫ﺛ‬p r‫ ﻟ‬V‫ﻮ‬-‫ﻜ‬-‫ﺘ‬-‫ ﺳ‬, ١sst k‫ ا`ﺎ‬k‫ﺎ‬-‫ﻴ‬-‫ﺎﻗ‬-‫ اﺗﻔ‬r‫ﻴ‬-‫ﻠ‬-‫ ﻋ‬u‫ﻨ‬-‫ﺗ‬
. v‫ﺎﻟ‬w‫ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ اﻟ‬Y‫ﺎر‬x

4. The implications of a final peace settlement in the Middle


East are difficult to assess at present : it will all depend on the
political will of the parties to seize this opportunity for
allocating [diverting] part of their military expenditure to
economic development.

, y‫وﺳ‬z‫ ا‬o‫ﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺸﺮ‬d‫ﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻨﻬﺎ‬-‫{ اﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ اﻟﺴﻠ‬d‫ﺘﺎ‬-‫ﺎﻟﻴﺎً ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻧ‬e ‫ اﻟﻌﺴﻴﺮ‬U‫ ﻣ‬-t
|‫}ﺘﻨﺎ‬Z ‫~ﺎ‬a‫ﺪا‬-‫ اﺳﺘﻌ‬g‫ وﻣﺪ‬, •‫ﺮا‬€•‫ﺔ ﻟ‬-‫ﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴ‬-‫ اﻟ‬Ya‫را‬j‫{ ﻋﻠﻰ ا‬d‫ﻮﻗ‚ اﻟﻨﺘﺎ‬-‫^] ﺗﺘ‬
. ‫ﻳﺔ‬a‫ﻗﺘ\ﺎ‬Z‫ﺎ اﻟﻌﺴﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ا‬-‫ ﻧﻔﻘﺎﺗﻬ‬U‫ ﻣ‬ƒ‫ﺎﻧ‬b [ c‫ ] „ﻮﻳ‬u‫\ﻴ‬m‫اﻟﻔﺮ…ﺔ ﻟﺘ‬

5. Disregarding all possible implications, the minister decided


that all export goods be inspected before the licence is granted.

V]^ ‫ﻨﺢ‬-‫ ﻣ‬c‫ﺒ‬-‫ ﻗ‬k‫را‬a‫ﺎ‬-\-‫ﻴﻊ اﻟ‬--‫ﻤ‬-b u‫ﺤ‬-‫ ﻓ‬Y‫ﺮور‬-[-W ‫[ﻰ‬-‫ﻘ‬--‫ﺮاراً ﻳ‬-‫ﺮ ﻗ‬-‫ﻮزﻳ‬-‫ﺪر اﻟ‬-…‫ أ‬-٥
. ƒ‫ ﻋﻮاﻗ‬U‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﻟﻚ ﻣ‬ƒ‫ ﻳﺘﺮﺗ‬V‫ أ‬U‫ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻜ‬c‫ً ﻛ‬X~‫ ﻣﺘﺠﺎ‬, ‫اﻟﺘ\ﺪﻳﺮ‬

6. He knew that conducting the experiment in the open air


could have serious implications, but never thought that it might
have fatal consequences for some villagers.
Translation 57

c‫ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺠ‬U‫ﻜ‬-‫ وﻟ‬, r‫ﻮرﺗ‬-‫ ﺧﻄ‬r‫ﻖ ﻟ‬-‫ﻄﻠ‬-‫ﻮاء اﻟ‬-‫ﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻬ‬W‫ﺮ‬-‫ﺘﺠ‬-‫ﺮاء اﻟ‬-b^ V‫ﻌﺮ• أ‬-‫ ﻳ‬V‫ﺎ‬-‫ ﻛ‬-٦
. ‫ اﻟﻘﺮﻳﺔ‬c~‫ أ‬l‫ﻌ‬W c‫ ]ﻟﻚ ^ﻟﻰ ﻗﺘ‬ga‫ ﻳﺆ‬V‫ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎً أ‬q‫ﺮ‬€‫ﺎ‬mW
b) Involve

Now study the following examples which illustrate the senses


of ‘involve’ :

1. He could not see clearly at the promontory as fog involved


the shoreline.

V‫ ^] ﻛﺎ‬, ‫ﺤﺮ‬-‫ﺪ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺒ‬-‫ﻤﺘ‬-‫ اﳌ‬V‫ﺴﺎ‬-‫ ]ﻟﻚ اﻟﻠ‬U‫ﻮح ﻣ‬-‫ﻮﺿ‬W ‫ﺮؤﻳﺔ‬-‫ﻄﻴﻊ اﻟ‬-‫ﺴﺘ‬-‫ ﻳ‬U‫ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜ‬-١
. ce‫ ﻳﻜﺘﻨ‚ اﻟﺴﺎ‬f‫اﻟ[ﺒﺎ‬

2. The case is involved in mystery.

. ‫ﻤﻮض‬i‫ اﻟﻘ[ﻴﺔ ﻳﻜﺘﻨﻔﻬﺎ اﻟ‬/ ‫ اﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬-_

3. The plan, as presented by the engineer, appeared too


involved to be grasped at once : the premises overlapped, the
specifications were too intricate and the conclusions vague.

‫ﻘﻴﺪ‬-‫ﺘﻌ‬-‫ اﻟ‬U‫ﺔ ﻣ‬b‫ﺪر‬-W ‫ﺘﺴﻢ‬-‫ﻨﺪس ﺗ‬-‫ﺎ اﳌﻬ‬-‫ﻬ‬W ‫ﺎ‬-‫ﺪﻣﻬ‬-‫ اﻟﺘﻰ ﻗ‬Y‫ﻮر‬-\‫ﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟ‬-‫ﻄ‬T‫ﺎﻧﺖ ا‬-‫ ﻛ‬-n
k‫ﺎ‬-‫ﻔ‬-…‫ﻮا‬-‫ واﳌ‬, ‫ﺔ‬-‫ﻠ‬-‫ﺪاﺧ‬-‫ﺘ‬-‫ ﻣ‬k‫ﺎ‬-‫ﺪﻣ‬--‫ﻘ‬-‫ﺎﳌ‬-‫ ﻓ‬, ‫ﻮر‬-‫ﻔ‬-‫ﻠﻰ اﻟ‬-‫ﺎ ﻋ‬-‫ﻬ‬-W‫ﺎ‬-‫ﻌ‬-‫ﻴ‬-‫ﺘ‬-‫ اﺳ‬V‫و‬a ‫ﻮل‬-„
. ‫{ }ﺎﻣ[ﺔ‬d‫ واﻟﻨﺘﺎ‬, ‫ﻜﺔ‬W‫ﻣﺘﺸﺎ‬

4. His style is involved perhaps as a consequence of the


involvement of his thought : it is periphrastic and
long-winded, requiring the reader to wander back and forth in
search of the meaning.
58 Translation

‫ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﻠﺠﺄ‬, ‫ﺳﺔ‬X‫ ^ﻟﻰ اﻟﺴ‬q‫ اﻓﺘﻘﺎر ﺗﻔﻜﻴﺮ‬ƒ‫ﺴﺒ‬-W ‫ ]ﻟﻚ‬V‫ وﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮ‬, ‫ ﻣﻌﻘﺪ‬rW‫ أﺳﻠﻮ‬-t
‫\ﺪور‬-‫ﲔ اﻟ‬W aa‫ﺮ‬-‫ﺘ‬-‫ﺎرئ ^ﻟﻰ اﻟ‬-‫ﺮ اﻟﻘ‬-‫ﻄ‬-[‫ﺎ ﻳ‬-‫ ﳑ‬, f‫ﻨﺎ‬-€j‫ وا‬, V‫ﺪورا‬-‫ﻠ‚ واﻟ‬-‫^ﻟﻰ اﻟ‬
. ‫ اﳌﻌﻨﻰ‬U‫ﺎً ﻋ‬w‫ﺤ‬W ‫ﻋﺠﺎز‬z‫وا‬

5. The documents found in his house have involved him in the


espionage case, but no conclusive evidence has yet been found.
(cf. implicated)

, ‫ﻮﺳﻴﺔ‬-‫ﺔ ا`ﺎﺳ‬-‫[ﻴ‬-‫ ﻓﻰ ﻗ‬r‫ﻮرﻳﻄ‬-‫ ^ﻟﻰ ﺗ‬r‫ﻨﺰﻟ‬-‫ﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻣ‬-‫ﻠﻴ‬-‫ﺮ ﻋ‬wُ‫ﻰ ﻋ‬-‫ﻖ اﻟﺘ‬d‫ﺎ‬-‫ اﻟﻮﺛ‬ka‫ أ‬-٥
. V‫ﺘﻰ اﻵ‬e ‫ﻌﺔ‬€‫ﻟﺔ ﻗﺎ‬a‫ أ‬g‫ ] اﶈﻘﻘﲔ [ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﺘﺸﻔﻮا أ‬U‫وﻟﻜ‬

6. His involvement with the ‘junkies’ was invoked at his trial


as proof of his depravity but he persistently denied being a
heroin addict himself.

‫ ﻋﻠﻰ‬c‫ﻟﻴ‬a k‫ اﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﲟﺪﻣﻨﻰ ا•ﺪرا‬r‫ﻗﺘ‬X‫ ﻋ‬V^ ‫ﺔ [ أﺛﻨﺎء اﶈﺎﻛﻤﺔ‬W‫ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ] اﻟﻨﻴﺎ‬-٦


. U‫ ﻣﺪﻣﻨﻰ اﻟﻬﻴﺮوﻳ‬U‫ ﻣ‬r‫ﺈ…ﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ ^ﻧﻜﺎر أﻧ‬W f‫أ‬a r‫ وﻟﻜﻨ‬qa‫ﻓﺴﺎ‬

7. Though the order to shoot on sight was explicit enough, the


officer refrained from firing at the crowd, as he would not want
to get involved in the massacre.

ً‫ﺮا‬-‫ أﻣ‬V‫ﺎ‬-‫ [ ﻛ‬U‫ﺮﻳ‬-~‫ﺎ‬--‫ﻈ‬-‫ﺘ‬-‫ﺔ ] اﳌ‬-‫ﻮر رؤﻳ‬--‫ﺎر ﻓ‬-‫ﻨ‬-‫ اﻟ‬oX€‫ﺎ‬--W ‫ﺮ‬-‫ﻣ‬z‫ ا‬V‫ أ‬U‫ﺮ}ﻢ ﻣ‬-‫ﻰ اﻟ‬-‫ﻠ‬-‫ ﻋ‬-٧
‫ ﻳﺸﺎرك‬V‫ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ أ‬U-‫ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜ‬r‫ﻧ‬z ‫ﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬-‫ اﻟﻨﺎر ﻋ‬oX€^ yW‫[ﺎ‬-‫ اﻟ‬l‫ ﻓﻘﺪ رﻓ‬, ً‫ﺤﺎ‬-‫…ﺮﻳ‬
. ‫ﺤﺔ‬W‫ﻓﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ اﳌﺬ‬

8. It is said that any involvement in bad habits can turn them


into second nature : better than break a habit, never get
involved !
Translation 59

, ‫ﻴﺔ‬-‫ﺔ ﺛﺎﻧ‬-‫ﻌ‬-‫ﺒﻴ‬-€ ‫ﻬﺎ ^ﻟﻰ‬-‫ﻠ‬-‫ﺤﻴ‬-‫ ﻳ‬V‫ أ‬U‫ﺔ ﳝﻜ‬-‫ﺌ‬-‫ﺴﻴ‬-‫ اﻟ‬k‫ا‬a‫ﻌﺎ‬-‫ﻠ‬-‫ﺎرﺳﺔ ﻟ‬-‫ ﳑ‬g‫ أ‬V^ V‫ﻮﻟﻮ‬-‫ﻘ‬-‫ ﻳ‬-٨
! ‫ع ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬X‫ﻗ‬Z‫ ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ ا‬U‫ ﻣ‬c[‫ً أﻓ‬X…‫ أ‬Ya‫ اﻟﻌﺎ‬f‫ ﻋﺪ| اﻛﺘﺴﺎ‬V‫و~ﻜﺬا ﻓﺈ‬

9. They are deeply involved in debt.

! ‫]اﻧﻬﻢ‬p ‫ ^ﻟﻰ‬V‫ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺪﻳﻮ‬V‫ ^ﻧﻬﻢ }ﺎرﻗﻮ‬-s

10. Don't involve yourself in unnecessary expense !

! ‫ ﻟﺰو| ﻟﻬﺎ‬Z k‫ ﺗﻜﻠ‚ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﻧﻔﻘﺎ‬Z -١٠

11. The riot soon involved thousands.

. ƒi‫• ^ﻟﻰ أﻋﻤﺎل اﻟﺸ‬Z‫ ﻣﺎ اﻧ[ﻢ اﻵ‬V‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺎ‬-١١

12. The attempted coup in Uganda, involving many senior


officers, was quickly foiled.

‫ اﻟﺘﻰ وﻗﻌﺖ ﻓﻰ أو}ﻨﺪا‬fX‫ﻘ‬-‫ﻧ‬Z‫ﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ ا‬-W ( ‫[ﻰ ) ﰎ اﻟﻘ[ﺎء‬-ُ‫ ﻗ‬-١_


. ‫ ﻛﺒﺎر اﻟ[ﺒﺎط‬U‫ﻴﺮ ﻣ‬w‫ اﻧ[ﻢ ^ﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻛ‬/ ‫ﺎرك ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬h‫و‬

13. It may be difficult to involve civil servants in stock


market activities as they are inured to secure income and
averse to speculations.

‫ﻧﻬﻢ‬z ‫ﻮر…ﺔ‬-‫ﻄﺔ اﻟﺒ‬-‫ﻔﻰ اﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻰ أﻧﺸ‬-‫ ( ﻣﻮﻇ‬f‫ﺘﺬا‬-b‫ﺮاك ) ا‬h^ ‫ﻴﺮ‬-‫ اﻟﻌﺴ‬U‫ ﻣ‬-١n
. k‫ﺎ‬W‫ اﳌ[ﺎر‬V‫ وﻳﻜﺮ~ﻮ‬V‫ اﳌﺄﻣﻮ‬c‫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺪﺧ‬V‫و‬a‫ﻣﻌﺘﺎ‬

14. To accept the position you offer would involve my living


in London.

. V‫ﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻟﻨﺪ‬j‫ ﻣﻨﻰ ا‬ƒ‫ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻰ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﻄﻠ‬V^ -١t
60 Translation

15. The war involved a great increase in the national debt.

. ‫ اﻟﻘﻮﻣﻰ‬U‫ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺪﻳ‬Y‫ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‬Ya‫ ^ﻟﻰ زﻳﺎ‬f‫ اﳊﺮ‬ka‫ أ‬-١٥

16. A project involving years of work must be well planned


and well executed.

k‫ ﺳﻨﻮا‬q‫ اﳒﺎز‬ƒ‫ ﻣﺸﺮوع ﻳﺘﻄﻠ‬gz ‫ﻴﻖ‬-‫ اﶈﻜﻢ واﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﺪﻗ‬y‫ﻴ‬-‫ﻄ‬m‫ اﻟﺘ‬U‫ﺪ ﻣ‬WZ -١٦
. ‫ﻮﻳﻠﺔ‬€

17. The matter involves his honour.

. r‫ﺸﺮﻓ‬W ‫ اﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬V^ -١٧

18. The bank official defended himself gallantly, trying to


absolve himself and to put the blame for the financial scandal
on an eminent director, realizing that the question involved
more than defalcation, variously defined as malpractice or
embezzlement : it primarily involved his honour.

‫ و^ﻟﻘﺎء ﺗﺒﻌﺔ‬r‫ﺘ‬e‫ﺔ ﺳﺎ‬-d‫ً ﺗﺒﺮ‬Z‫ ﻣﺤﺎو‬, ً‫ﺎ‬-‫ﻌ‬d‫ﻓﺎﻋﺎً را‬a r‫ﻔﺴ‬-‫ ﻧ‬U‫اﻓﻊ ﻣﻮﻇ‚ اﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﻋ‬a -١٨
Z ‫ﺄﻟﺔ‬-‫ اﳌﺴ‬V‫ﺪرك أ‬-‫ ﻳ‬V‫ﺎ‬-‫ ^] ﻛ‬, U‫ﺒﺎرزﻳ‬-‫ اﻟ‬U‫ﺮﻳ‬-‫ﺪﻳ‬-‫ﺪ اﳌ‬e‫ﻠﻰ أ‬-‫ﺔ ﻋ‬-‫ﺎﻟﻴ‬-‫ﺤﺔ اﳌ‬-‫ﻴ‬-[‫ﻔ‬-‫اﻟ‬
r‫ﺄﻧ‬W l‫ﻌ‬-‫ اﻟﺒ‬r‫ﺮّﻓ‬-‫ﻌ‬-‫ﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳ‬-~‫ و‬, ‫ﻊ‬d‫ا‬a‫ﻠﻮ‬-‫ﺸﺮوع ﻟ‬-‫ﺮ اﳌ‬-‫ل }ﻴ‬Xi-‫ﺳﺘ‬Z‫ﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ا‬-\‫ﺘ‬-‫ﻘ‬-‫ﺗ‬
‫ﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬-‫ﻘ‬-‫ﻠ‬-‫ ﻓ‬, ‫س‬X‫ﺘ‬-‫ اﺧ‬r‫ﺄﻧ‬-W V‫ﺧﺮو‬p r-‫ﻌﺮﻓ‬-‫ وﻳ‬, r‫ﻴ‬-‫ﻠ‬-‫ﺮ• ﻋ‬-‫ﻌ‬-‫ اﻟ‬g‫ﺮ‬b ‫ﺎ‬-‫ﺎك ﳌ‬-‫ﻬ‬-‫ﺘ‬-‫اﻧ‬
. r‫ﺸﺮﻓ‬W ً‫اﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ أﺳﺎﺳﺎ‬
19. The teacher involved the class in the research.

. v‫ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺒﺤ‬rWXُ€ ‫ﺮك اﳌﻌﻠﻢ‬h‫ أ‬-١s


Translation 61

Exercises : Translate quickly : ?


1. Your going to the party will imply your acceptance of the
deal – so think twice before making a decision.

2. You cannot disregard the implications of getting 15 books


published by the same firm : you may be accused of taking
advantage of your friendship with the chairman of the board
of directors.

3. What are the possible implications of getting involved with


this society ? Its declared policy is to disseminate
information, but are you sure that the information they put
out is unbiased ?

4. What does writing verse involve ? What does it imply ?

5. I believe one is bound to be implicated in the scandal by


simply being friendly with the major figures in the bank.

6. Whatever did you imply by that question ?

7. You have inferred from his speech that he would be willing to


publish your book, but he denies that he ever implied that.

8. Involvement with criminals may itself be a crime.

9. Do not indicate, even by implication, that you are willing to


participate in the project.
62 Translation

10. The call for women's integration in development is basically a


call for involving them in the socio-economic processes
from which they are seen to be barred at present. Its
advocates claim that integration involves the assignment of
vital rôles to women outside the home, both in production
and in public life. Opponents have argued that this may
involve the disruption of family life and a potential risk of
disintegration. Women cannot, they say, be involved in the
internecine conflicts of the business world for which apathy
and cynicism, a prerogative of the male of the species, are
required. Women are already integrated, they insist, though
at a deeper level of involvement : what is involved is a
healthy social fabric, humanly defined, rather than an
economically viable society.

( full translation of 10 is in Appendix).


Translation 63

Unit Seven
More difficult words are given, with more examples and more
exercises.
a) package

1. The company offered its potential ‘partners’ packages,


transforming them from share-holders to saving-bank
depositors, which appealed to small investors, particularly,
who did not relish the prospect of loss and hoped for security
of profit, however limited.

v‫ﺤﻴ‬W , ‫ﺔ‬-‫ﺎﻣﻠ‬-‫ﺘﻜ‬-‫اً ﻣ‬a‫ﺎ ﻋﻘﻮ‬-‫ﻴﻬ‬-‫ﺎرﻛﺔ ﻓ‬-‫ اﳌﺸ‬a‫ ﻳﻮ‬U‫ﻌﺮض ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣ‬-‫ﺮﻛﺔ ﺗ‬-‫ﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺸ‬-‫ ﻛ‬-١
, ‫ﺧﺎر‬aZ‫ﻮك ا‬-‫ﻨ‬-W ‫ﻋﲔ ﻓﻰ‬a‫ﻮ‬-‫ﻬﻢ [ ^ﻟﻰ ﻣ‬-‫ﺎﻣﻠﻰ أﺳ‬-e ] ‫ﲔ‬-‫ﺎ~ﻤ‬-‫ﺴ‬-‫ ﻣ‬U‫ ﻣ‬V‫ﻮﻟﻮ‬-‫ﺤ‬-‫ﻳﺘ‬
V‫ﻌﺎﻓـﻮ‬-‫ ﻳ‬U‫ و~ﻢ اﻟﺬﻳ‬, ‫ﺎ…ﺔ‬-‫\ﻔـﺔ ﺧ‬-W U‫ﻤﺮﻳ‬w-‫ﺎر اﳌﺴﺘ‬-i\‫ ﻟ‬r‫ﺘ‬-‫ﻴ‬W]‫ﺎ‬b ‫ﺬﻟﻚ‬-‫وﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟ‬
. Ya‫ ﻣﺤﺪو‬U‫ﺎح اﳌ[ﻤﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﻜ‬W‫ر‬z‫ ا‬l‫ﻌ‬W ‫ ﻓﻰ‬V‫ وﻳﺄﻣﻠﻮ‬Y‫ﺴﺎر‬T‫ ا‬kZ‫ﺘﻤﺎ‬e‫ا‬

2. The leader said that if the people opted for capitalism, they
had to accept all that it involved – discrepancies in income,
class conflict, and rampant crime – as the option was simply a
package.

ga‫ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺆ‬c‫ ﻛ‬c‫ ﺗﻘﺒ‬V‫ أ‬, ‫ اﻟﺮأﺳﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬k‫ﺘﺎر‬-‫ ^]ا اﺧ‬, ‫ اﻟﻨﺎس ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬V^ ‫ ﻗﺎل اﻟﺰﻋﻴﻢ‬-_
- ‫ واﻧﺘﺸﺎر ا`ﺮﳝﺔ‬, ‫ﻘﻰ‬-‫ واﻟ\ﺮاع اﻟﻄﺒ‬, c‫ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺪﺧ‬k‫ …ﻮر اﻟﺘﻔﺎو‬cw-‫ ﻣ‬- r‫^ﻟﻴ‬
. ‫ …ﻔﻘﺔ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬cw‫ﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﳝ‬Z‫ﻓﺎ‬

3. The package of reforms, as proposed by the Committee,


64 Translation

should require a great deal of sacrifices and should, the


chairman explained, mean much less profit in the short term.

U‫ﻋ[ﺎء ﻣ‬z‫ﻬﺎ ا‬e‫ اﳌﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﻳﻘﺘﺮ‬k‫ﺎ‬eX…Z‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ا‬V^ ‫ﻴﺲ اﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ‬d‫ ﻗﺎل ر‬-n
‫ﺎح‬W‫ر‬z‫ ا‬l‫ﻔﻴ‬m-‫ﺎ ﺗﻌﻨﻰ ﺗ‬-‫ وأوﺿﺢ أﻧﻬ‬, k‫ﻴﺎ‬-‫ﺘ[ﺤ‬-‫ اﻟ‬U‫ﺒﻴﺮ ﻣ‬-‫ﻘﺪﱘ ﻗﺪر ﻛ‬-‫ﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺗ‬h
. ‫ اﻟﻘ\ﻴﺮ‬cbz‫ﻴﺮاً ﻓﻰ ا‬w‫ﻛ‬

4. As the measures to be taken included a number of


apparently incompatible ones, or disparate departmental acts,
the minister urged that a process of thoughtful packaging was
needed, if parliament was to swallow the bitter pill.

l‫ﻌ[ﻬﺎ اﻟﺒﻌ‬W ‫ﺘﻤﺸﻰ ﻣﻊ‬-‫ ﺗ‬Z ‫ﺎ]~ﺎ‬m‫ﻴﺮ اﳌﺰﻣﻊ اﺗ‬W‫ اﻟﺘﺪا‬l‫ﻌ‬-W V‫ أ‬g‫ اﻟﻮزﻳﺮ ﻳﺮ‬V‫ ﻛﺎ‬-t
Y‫ﺪ ﺿﺮور‬-‫ﺪ أﻛ‬-‫ﺬا ﻓﻘ‬-‫ﻜ‬-~‫ و‬, ‫ﺔ‬-‫ﺎﻧﺴ‬-‫ﺠ‬-‫ﺮ ﻣﺘ‬-‫ﻴ‬-} ‫ﺔ‬-‫ وزارﻳ‬k‫ﺮاءا‬b^ ‫ﺪ ^ﻟﻰ‬-‫ﻨ‬-‫ﺘ‬-‫ أو ﺗﺴ‬,
‫ﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﺴﻨﻰ ^ﻗﻨﺎع‬e , ‫ وﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺲ ﻣﺪروﺳﺔ‬, ‫ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬k‫ﺎ‬-‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ‬
. ‫واء ﻣﺮ‬a ‫ﺒﺔ‬e ‫ﺔ‬W‫ﺎ‬w‫ ^] ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﲟ‬, ‫ﻘﺒﻮﻟﻬﺎ‬W V‫اﻟﺒﺮﳌﺎ‬

5. The current packaging of the acts and bye-laws on


immigration, said a Commonwealth spokesman, should reveal
the amount of official hypocrisy practised both at Whitehall
and at the townhall.

V‫ﺎ‬-‫ﺮﳌ‬-‫ﺒ‬-‫ﺎ اﻟ‬-~‫ﺪر‬-…‫ﺘﻰ أ‬-‫ﲔ اﻟ‬--‫ﻮاﻧ‬-‫ﻘ‬-‫ﻴﻊ اﻟ‬-‫ﻤ‬-x V^ v‫ﻮﻟ‬--‫ﻨ‬-‫ﻮﻣ‬-‫ﻜ‬-‫ﺎﺳﻢ اﻟ‬-W ‫ﺪث‬-‫ﺤ‬--‫ﺘ‬-‫ﺎل ﻣ‬-‫ ﻗ‬-٥
y‫ ﺗﻤﻴ‬V‫ﺎ أ‬-‫ﺄﻧﻬ‬h U‫ﺎ ﻣ‬-‫ﺎﻧﻴ‬-‫ﺮﻳﻄ‬W ‫ اﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ‬k‫ﺎ‬-‫ﺴﻠﻄ‬-‫ﺪرﺗﻬﺎ اﻟ‬-…‫ﻮاﻧﲔ اﻟﺘﻰ أ‬-‫واﻟﻘ‬
.‫ اﳊﻜﻢ اﶈﻠﻰ‬k‫ اﳌﺴﺌﻮﻟﲔ ﻓﻰ اﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ اﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ و~ﻴﺌﺎ‬o‫ ﻧﻔﺎ‬g‫ ﻣﺪ‬U‫ﺎ| ﻋ‬w‫اﻟﻠ‬

6. Done in the name of streamlining, the clumsy packaging of


trade regulations has only led to contradictions difficult to
undo.
Translation 65

‫ﺎﺳﻢ‬W g‫ﺮ‬-b ‫ﺪ‬-‫ ﻗ‬V‫ ﻛﺎ‬V^‫ و‬, ‫ﺔ‬-‫ﻜ‬-‫ﺒ‬-‫ اﳌﺮﺗ‬Y‫ﻮر‬-\-‫ اﻟ‬q‫ﻬﺬ‬-W ‫ﺔ‬-‫ﺎرﻳ‬-‫ﺘﺠ‬-‫ﺢ اﻟ‬d‫ﻮا‬-‫ﻠ‬-‫ﻤﻴﻊ اﻟ‬-x V^ -٦
. ‫ ^زاﻟﺘﻬﺎ‬ƒ‫ اﻟ\ﻌ‬U‫ ﻣ‬k‫ ^ﻟﻰ ﺗﻨﺎﻗ[ﺎ‬Z^ a‫ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺆ‬, ‫ﻴﺔ‬W‫ﻧﺴﻴﺎ‬Z‫ا‬

7. The set of suggestions may appear exciting, and some


are definitely interesting enough to be capable of tidier
packaging, but a series of executive steps should be formulated
and included in the paper, for the recommendations are not
binding and many are hazy.

‫ﺔ‬b‫ر‬a ‫ﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬hZ ‫ﻌ[ﻬﺎ‬W‫ و‬, Y‫ﻴﺮ‬w‫ﺔ ﻣ‬e‫ اﳌﻄﺮو‬k‫ﺎ‬e‫ﻗﺘﺮا‬Z‫ﻤﻮﻋﺔ [ ا‬-‫ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﺪو ] ﻣﺠ‬-٧
ƒ‫ اﻟﺪراﺳﺔ ﻳﺠ‬U‫ﻜ‬-‫ وﻟ‬, ‫ﺘﻈﻤﺔ‬-‫ ﻣﻨ‬k‫ﻤﻮﻋﺎ‬-‫ﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺠ‬-‫ﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﺒﺮر وﺿ‬-‫~ﻤﻴ‬z‫ ا‬U‫ﻣ‬
‫ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻠﺰﻣﺔ‬k‫ﻮ…ﻴﺎ‬-‫ اﻟﺘ‬Vz , ‫ اﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻳﺔ‬k‫ﻄﻮا‬-T‫ ا‬U‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣ‬c‫ﺘﻤ‬-‫ ﺗﺸ‬V‫أ‬
. ‫ﻤﻮض‬i‫ﺎﻟ‬W ‫ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬a‫وﻳﺘﺴﻢ ﻋﺪ‬

Now to the all-important potential :

1. Atomic fission has shown that matter is potentially energy.

. ‫ﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻨﺔ‬€ Ya‫ﺎﳌﺎ‬W V‫ أ‬Y‫ أﺛﺒﺖ اﻧﺸﻄﺎر ) ﺗﻔﺘﻴﺖ ( اﻟﺬر‬-١

. ‫ﺎﻗﺔ‬€ ‫ ﺗﺘﺤﻮل ^ﻟﻰ‬V‫ أ‬U‫ ﳝﻜ‬Ya‫ اﳌﺎ‬V‫ أ‬Y‫ ﺗﻔﺘﻴﺖ اﻟﺬر‬U‫ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻣ‬- ‫ أ‬١

. Ya‫ اﳌﺎ‬U‫ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣ‬oX€^ V‫ ^ﻣﻜﺎ‬Y‫ اﻧﺸﻄﺎر اﻟﺬر‬U‫ اﺗ[ﺢ ﻣ‬-f١

2. Young men and women have potentials rarely recognized


by the old.
. ‫ﻬﺎ اﻟﺸﻴﻮخ‬W •‫ ﻳﻌﺘﺮ‬V‫ ﻛﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻳﻨﺪر أ‬k‫ﻄﺎﻗﺎ‬W f‫ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ اﻟﺸﺒﺎ‬-_

. ‫~ﺎ‬a‫ﻮ‬b‫ﻮ‬W ‫ ﻳﻘﺮ اﻟﺸﻴﻮخ‬V‫ ﻳﻨﺪر أ‬k‫ ^ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬k‫ﺎ‬W‫ واﻟﺸﺎ‬V‫ اﻟﺸﺒﺎ‬g‫ ﻟﺪ‬- ‫_ أ‬

. ‫ﻓﻴﻨﺔ‬a k‫ ﻗﺪرا‬U‫ ﻣ‬f‫ اﻟﺸﺒﺎ‬g‫ ﻳﺪرك اﻟﺸﻴﻮخ ﻣﺎ ﻟﺪ‬V‫ ﻳﻨﺪر أ‬-f_


66 Translation

3. She is a potential artist : everyone who heard her sing


realized she should receive the necessary training.

ƒ‫ ﺗﻠﻘﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﺘﺪرﻳ‬Y‫رك ﺿﺮور‬a‫ﻨﻰ أ‬i‫ ﺳﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺗ‬U‫ ﻣ‬c‫ وﻛ‬, ‫ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻨﺔ‬k‫ﺎﻗﺎ‬€ ‫ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ‬-n
. |‫ز‬X‫اﻟ‬

... ‫ ﺳﻤﻌﻬﺎ‬U‫ ﻣ‬c‫ وﻛ‬, ‫ ^ﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﲟﻮ~ﺒﺔ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ‬- ‫ أ‬n

... c‫ وﻛ‬, Y‫ﺎﻟﻔﻄﺮ‬W ‫ ^ﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻨﺎﻧﺔ‬-fn

4. Still a science college finalist, the boy is a potential


politician : he is a leader of men and has ‘power of speech’; in
fact some party cadres are already trying to recruit him.

‫ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ‬, |‫ﻠﻮ‬-‫ اﻟﻌ‬k‫ﻠﻴﺎ‬-‫ ﻛ‬g‫ﺪ‬e‫ﺈ‬W ‫ﻴﺔ‬-d‫ﻨﺔ اﻟﻨﻬﺎ‬-‫ ﻣﺎﻳﺰال ﻓﻰ اﻟﺴ‬g‫ اﻟﺬ‬f‫ﺸﺎ‬-‫ ]ﻟﻚ اﻟ‬V^ -t
cW , ‫ ﻣﻔﻠﻖ‬ƒ‫ و~ﻮ ﺧﻄﻴ‬, Ya‫ر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﻴﺎ‬a‫ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻗﺎ‬, ‫ﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ‬W c‫ اﻟﻌﻤ‬k‫ﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬W
. f‫ ^ﻟﻰ اﳊﺰ‬q‫ ﻳ[ﻤﻮ‬V‫ﺎﻟﻴﺎً أ‬e V‫ ﻳﺤﺎوﻟﻮ‬f‫ أﻋ[ﺎء اﳊﺰ‬l‫ﻌ‬W V^

... ‫ﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ‬W c‫ﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻟﻠﻌﻤ‬€ c‫ ﻣﻴ‬r‫ ﻟﺪﻳ‬... f‫ ]ﻟﻚ اﻟﺸﺎ‬V^ - ‫ أ‬t


... ‫ﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ‬W c‫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﻤ‬Y‫ﺎﻟﻘﺪر‬W ‫ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ‬... f‫ ]ﻟﻚ اﻟﺸﺎ‬V^ -ft
... Y‫ﺎﻟﻔﻄﺮ‬W ‫ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ‬... f‫ ]ﻟﻚ اﻟﺸﺎ‬V^ -‫ج‬t
... ‫ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬ƒ~‫ اﳌﻮا‬r‫ ﺗﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﻓﻴ‬... f‫ ]ﻟﻚ اﻟﺸﺎ‬V^ - at

5. There are immense potentials in the Toshka project : the


ground water in Sharq Al-Uwaynat may be complemented by
the Toshka spillover, and the virgin cultivable land is crying for
reclamation.

o‫ﺮ‬h ‫ﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ‬-‫ﻮﻓ‬-`‫ ا‬q‫ﺎ‬-‫ﺎﳌﻴ‬-‫ ﻓ‬, ‫ﺔ‬-‫ﻠ‬-d‫ﻰ ~ﺎ‬-‫ﻜ‬h‫ﻮ‬-‫ﺮوع ﺗ‬-‫ﺸ‬-‫ﻨﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻣ‬-‫ﺎﻣ‬-‫ﻜ‬-‫ اﻟ‬k‫ﺎ‬-‫ﻄﺎﻗ‬-‫ اﻟ‬V^ -٥
‫ﺎﳊﺔ‬-\-‫ﺮ اﻟ‬-‫ﻜ‬-‫رض اﻟﺒ‬z‫ وا‬, ‫ﻰ‬-‫ﻜ‬h‫ﻮ‬-‫ ﺗ‬l‫ﻴ‬-‫ﻔ‬-‫ ﻣ‬U‫ﺎ ﻣ‬-‫ﻬ‬-‫ﻤﺎﻟ‬-‫ﻜ‬-‫ﺘ‬-‫ اﺳ‬U‫ﻜ‬-‫ ﳝ‬k‫ﺎ‬-‫ﻨ‬-‫ﻌﻮﻳ‬-‫اﻟ‬
Translation 67

. ‫ح‬X\‫ﺳﺘ‬Z‫ ^ﻟﻰ ا‬o‫ﻟﻠﺰراﻋﺔ ﺗﺸﺘﺎ‬

... ‫ﻠﺔ‬d‫ﻜﻰ ~ﺎ‬h‫ ﻣﺸﺮوع ﺗﻮ‬k‫ اﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬V^ - ‫ أ‬٥

... ‫ﺎﺳﻌﺔ‬h ‫ﻜﻰ‬h‫ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺸﺮوع ﺗﻮ‬Xi‫ اﺳﺘ‬U‫ اﻟﺘﻰ ﳝﻜ‬a‫ اﳌﻮار‬V^ -f٥

... ‫ﻜﻰ‬h‫ﻤﺮ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺸﺮوع ﺗﻮ‬w‫ﻤﺔ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺘ‬m‫ ﺿ‬a‫ ~ﻨﺎك ﻣﻮار‬- ‫ج‬٥

6. Three lawyers were detained on a charge of defending


dissidents; they were potential prisoners of conscience.

U‫ ﻣ‬V‫ﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮ‬-‫ وﻗ‬, ‫ﻨﺸﻘﲔ‬-‫ اﳌ‬l‫ﻌ‬W U‫ﺘﺮاﻓﻊ ﻋ‬-‫ﺘﻬﻤﺔ اﻟ‬-W ‫ اﶈﺎﻣﲔ‬U‫ﺔ ﻣ‬-‫ﺛ‬X‫ ﺛ‬c‫ اﻋﺘُﻘ‬-٦
. g‫ﺳﺠﻨﺎء اﻟﺮأ‬

7. Promoted to the rank of full colonel, a potential active duty


commander, he was only given a desk job, as his superiors
thought him unlikely to take part in any forthcoming combat.

‫ ﻓﻰ‬r‫ﻴ‬-‫ ^ﻟ‬Ya‫ﺎ‬-‫ﻴ‬-‫ﻘ‬-‫ اﻟ‬a‫ﺎ‬-‫ﻨ‬-‫ﻰ ^ﺳ‬-‫ﻨ‬-‫ﻌ‬-‫ﺔ ﺗ‬-‫ﺒ‬-‫ و~ﻰ رﺗ‬, ‫ﺪ‬-‫ﻴ‬-‫ﻘ‬-‫ﻌ‬--‫ﺔ اﻟ‬-‫ﺒ‬-‫ ^ﻟﻰ رﺗ‬yW‫ﺎ‬-[-‫ رُﻗّﻰ اﻟ‬-٧
U‫ ﻣ‬r‫ ﻓﻰ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﻴﺔ ^] رأوا أﻧ‬q‫ ﻋﻴﻨﻮ‬q‫ رؤﺳﺎء‬U‫ وﻟﻜ‬, ‫ اﻟﻌﺴﻜﺮﻳﺔ‬k‫اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎ‬
. ‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﺔ‬g‫ ﻳﺸﺎرك ﻓﻰ أ‬V‫ أ‬c‫}ﻴﺮ اﶈﺘﻤ‬

c) possible

1. Frost is possible, though not probable, even at the end of


May.

. ‫ﻬﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻮ‬h ‫ﺧﺮ‬p ‫ﺘﻰ ﻓﻰ‬e , ًX‫ ﻣﺤﺘﻤ‬U‫ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜ‬V^‫ و‬, U‫ ﻧﺰول اﻟ\ﻘﻴﻊ ﳑﻜ‬-1

. ‫ﺧﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻮ‬p ‫ﺘﻰ ﻓﻰ‬e , ً‫ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻌﺎ‬U‫ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜ‬V^‫ و‬, ‫ اﻟ\ﻘﻴﻊ‬Vّ‫ رﲟﺎ ﺗﻜﻮ‬- ‫ أ‬1

. ً‫ ]ﻟﻚ ﻣﺴﺘﺒﻌﺪا‬V‫ ﻛﺎ‬V^‫ و‬, ‫ﺧﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻮ‬p ‫ﺘﻰ ﻓﻰ‬e ‫ اﻟ\ﻘﻴﻊ‬V‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻜﻮ‬-f1
68 Translation

2. Are you insured against all possible risks ?

? ‫ﺧﻄﺎر اﳌﻤﻜﻨﺔ‬z‫ﻤﻴﻊ ا‬b ‫ﻮﻟﻴ\ﺔ ﺗﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ‬W ‫\ﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬e c~ -2

3. A possible answer is ...

3a. A possible solution is ...

... ‫ اﳌﻌﻘﻮﻟﺔ ~ﻰ‬k‫ﺎ‬W‫ﺎ‬bj‫ ا‬g‫ﺪ‬e^ -١٠

... ‫ اﳌﺮﺿﻴﺔ ~ﻮ‬/ ‫ﺪ اﳊﻠﻮل اﳌﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ‬e‫ أ‬-‫أ‬١٠

4. I see great possibilities in this scheme.

( g‫ ) وﻣﻌﻨﺎ~ﺎ ﻓﺮص ﳒﺎح ﻛﺒﺮ‬. Y‫ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‬k‫ ﻓﻰ ~ﺬا اﳌﺸﺮوع ^ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬g‫ أر‬-١١

5. A. I am worried : my wife should've arrived two hours


ago.

B. There's the possibility that her train has been delayed.

Exercises : Translate quickly : ?


1. This man was standing close to the scene of the crime and is a
potential eye-witness.

2. The chairman said there was little chance of changing the


contrast; it was a package, he said.

3. If the set of proposals made are a package deal, then we may


have to turn it down; we hate being forced to a position of ‘take
it or leave it’.
Translation 69

4. The set of regulations are not a package : they are still being
debated and some may be modified to allow for minor or
even major changes.

5. Is it possible in your opinion to reformulate the last clause in


the contract ? Surely it is not a contract in set form or a
package, is it ?

6. The packaging of the by-laws has proceeded smoothly. Do


you believe it is potential new Regulations ?

7. The package deal will probably fall through if not properly


negotiated.

8. Every translator is a potential writer.

9. The plot has great potential, but the description of your


characters is uncertain.

10. I have lost the book; possibly I have mislaid it.

11. This is a list of possible participants in the seminar.

12. He has been showing great interest in that girl; he is


probably in love with her.

13. Do you know any possible reasons for the absence of the
main speaker ? If he doesn't show up eventually we may
have to pick another one, though I cannot think of
70 Translation

potentially eloquent speakers, and we shall probably delay


our decision until the last minute.

14. The boy plays the violin with rare felicity; and I believe he is
a potential soloist, apart from his other possibilities as a cello
player, and he will probably end up taking the place of the
present violinist in the full orchestra.
Translation 71

. ‫ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ‬c\‫ ﺗ‬V‫ اﳌﻔﺮوض أ‬V‫ﺘﻰ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎ‬b‫ ﻳﺴﺎورﻧﻰ اﻟﻘﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ زو‬- ‫ أ‬١_

? ‫ اﻟﻘﻄﺎر ﻗﺪ ﺗﺄﺧﺮ‬V‫ ﻳﻜﻮ‬V‫ أ‬U‫ ﳝﻜ‬Z‫ أ‬-f

Unit Eight
The final unit in Part I combines examples from some of the
most problematic words in English for the translator – ‘practice /
practise’ and ‘promote / promotion’.
a) Practice & practise

1. The idea of total equality is attractive, no doubt, but it


cannot be put into practice.

. ‫ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﺎل‬U‫ وﻟﻜ‬, ‫ اﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ‬Y‫ اﳌﺴﺎوا‬Y‫ﻴﺔ ﻓﻜﺮ‬W]‫ﺎ‬b ‫ﻚ ﻓﻰ‬hZ -١

2. The plan appealed to the committee members without


exception, though they knew it could never work in practice.

‫ﻮ اﻧﻬﻢ‬-‫ وﻟ‬, ‫ﺎء‬-‫ﻨ‬-w-‫ﺘ‬-‫ اﺳ‬V‫و‬a ‫ﻨﺔ‬-‫ﺠ‬-‫ﻠ‬-‫ﺎء اﻟ‬-[-‫ﻴﻊ أﻋ‬-‫ﻤ‬b g‫ﺪ‬-‫ﻮل ﻟ‬-‫ﺒ‬-‫ﻘ‬-‫ﺎﻟ‬-W ‫ﻄﺔ‬-T‫ﻴﺖ ا‬-‫ﻈ‬-e -_
. ً‫ﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎ‬e‫ اﺳﺘﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﳒﺎ‬V‫ﻳﺪرﻛﻮ‬

3. The practice of administering justice involves more than


legal expertise : above all it requires a basic knowledge of
human nature.

‫ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬z‫ ﺗﺸﺘﺮط اﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ا‬cW , ‫ﺪ~ﺎ‬e‫ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ و‬Y‫ﺒﺮ‬T‫ ا‬ƒ‫ ﺗﺘﻄﻠ‬Z ‫ ^ﻗﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﺪل‬V^ -n
. ‫ﻰء‬h c‫ ﻛ‬c‫ﺎﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ اﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻗﺒ‬W
72 Translation

4. The practice of writing looks easy to the uninitiateol, but it is


as difficult as thinking, and it requires a further effort in the
verbal formulation of thought.

‫ ﻛﻤﺎ ^ﻧﻬﺎ‬, ‫ اﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮ‬U‫ﺔ ﻋ‬W‫ …ﻌﻮ‬c‫ ﺗﻘ‬Z ‫ﻜﻨﻬﺎ‬-‫ وﻟ‬, ‫ﲔ‬d‫ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺘﺪ‬Y‫ﺔ ﻳﺴﻴﺮ‬W‫ ﺗﺒﺪو اﻟﻜﺘﺎ‬-t
. ‫ ﻟﻔﻈﻴﺔ‬Y‫ﻓﻜﺎر ﻓﻰ …ﻮر‬z‫ ا`ﻬﺪ ﻓﻰ وﺿﻊ ا‬U‫ﺬل اﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣ‬W ƒ‫ﺗﺘﻄﻠ‬

5. He plays the piano very well indeed, having spent no less


than three hours in practice everyday for the last two years.

‫ث‬X‫ ﺛ‬U‫ ﻋ‬c‫ ﺗﻘ‬Z Y‫ﺘﺮ‬-‫ ﻟﻔ‬V‫ﺮا‬-‫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌ‬f‫أ‬a V‫ﻌﺪ أ‬-W ‫ﻘﺔ‬-d‫ ﻓﺎ‬Y‫ﻬﺎر‬-‫ﻴﺎﻧﻮ ﲟ‬-‫ﺰ• اﻟﺒ‬-‫ ﻳﻌ‬r‫ ^ﻧ‬-٥
. U‫ﺧﻴﺮﻳ‬z‫ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﲔ ا‬g‫ ﻳﻮﻣﻴﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪ‬k‫ﺳﺎﻋﺎ‬

6. Practice makes perfect.

. ‫ﻜﺎ| اﻟ\ﻨﻌﺔ‬e^ ‫ ^ﻟﻰ‬ga‫ ﻳﺆ‬ƒ‫ اﻟﺘﺪرﻳ‬-٦

7. It has been his practice to work in the library from 9 to 5


during the academic year.

|‫ﺎء اﻟﻌﺎ‬-‫ﺮاً أﺛﻨ‬-\‫ﺴﺔ ﻋ‬-‫ﺎﻣ‬T‫ﺎً ^ﻟﻰ ا‬e‫ﺒﺎ‬-… ‫ﻌﺔ‬-‫ اﻟﺘﺎﺳ‬U‫ﺔ ﻣ‬-‫ﺘﺒ‬-‫ ﻓﻰ اﳌﻜ‬c‫ﻤ‬-‫ اﻟﻌ‬a‫ﺘﺎ‬-‫ اﻋ‬-٧
. ‫اﻟﺪراﺳﻰ‬

8. It has been normal practice in our university not to consider


applications from foreigners for appointment in key posts.

k‫ﺒﺎ‬-‫ﻠ‬€ [ a‫ﺎ‬-‫ﺒﻌ‬-‫ﺘ‬-‫ اﺳ‬/ ‫ﻈﺮ ﻓﻰ‬-‫ﺪ| اﻟﻨ‬-‫ ] ﻋ‬l‫ﻠﻰ رﻓ‬-‫ﻨﺎ ﻋ‬-‫ﻌﺘ‬-‫ﺎﻣ‬-b ‫ﻌﺮ• ﻓﻰ‬-‫ اﻟ‬g‫ﺮ‬b -٨
. ‫ﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬d‫ اﻟﺮ‬ƒ…‫ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﻓﻰ اﳌﻨﺎ‬ƒ‫ﺎﻧ‬bz‫ا‬

9. It is notmal practice in the legal profession to receive part of


the fees in advance.
Translation 73

. ً‫ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎ‬rW‫ أﺗﻌﺎ‬U‫ﺰءاً ﻣ‬b ‫ ﻳﺘﻘﺎﺿﻰ اﶈﺎﻣﻰ‬V‫ أ‬a‫ اﳌﻌﺘﺎ‬-9

. ً‫ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎ‬f‫ﺗﻌﺎ‬z‫ ا‬U‫ ﻣ‬ƒ‫ﺎﻧ‬b ‫ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﻰ‬Y‫ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻬﻨﺔ اﶈﺎﻣﺎ‬rW ‫ اﳌﻌﻤﻮل‬- ‫ أ‬9

. ً‫ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎ‬f‫ﺗﻌﺎ‬z‫ ا‬U‫ ﻣ‬ƒ‫ﺎﻧ‬b ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﻰ‬Y‫ اﻟﻌﺮ• ﻓﻰ ﻣﻬﻨﺔ اﶈﺎﻣﺎ‬g‫ﺮ‬b -f9

10. He's highly qualified and has been practising medicine for
the last forty years.

. ً‫ﻌﲔ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‬W‫ ﻣﻨﺬ أر‬ƒ‫ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ و~ﻮ ﳝﺎرس ﻣﻬﻨﺔ اﻟﻄ‬kX~‫ ﻣﺆ‬r‫ ﻟﺪﻳ‬V^ -10

11. He said he hated medical research and preferred general


practice.

. ً‫ ﳑﺎرﺳﺎً ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‬c‫ اﻟﻌﻤ‬c[‫ اﻟﺒﺤﻮث اﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ وﻳﻔ‬q‫ ﻳﻜﺮ‬r‫ ﻗﺎل ^ﻧ‬-11

b) Promote promotion

1. He was promoted sergeant.

. ƒ‫ رﻗﻰ ^ﻟﻰ رﺗﺒﺔ اﻟﺮﻗﻴ‬-١

, promoted to the rank of ‫ أو‬promoted to ‫ﻮل‬-‫ﻘ‬--‫ ﻧ‬V‫ﺔ أ‬-‫ﺰﻳ‬--‫ﻴ‬-‫ﻠ‬--‫ﳒ‬j‫ﺎ‬-W U-‫ﻜ‬-‫وﳝ‬


. Y‫ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﺧﺘﺰال اﻟﻌﺒﺎر‬Z ‫ﻴﺔ‬W‫ﺎﻟﻌﺮ‬W ‫وﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ‬

2. He is the new head of department – a considerable


promotion from junior lecturer !

‫ﻴﺮ‬i… ‫ﺤﺎﺿﺮ‬-‫ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣ‬U‫ ﻣ‬Y‫ﺒﻴﺮ‬-‫ و~ﻰ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﻛ‬, ‫ﻠﻘﺴﻢ‬-‫ﻴﺲ ا`ﺪﻳﺪ ﻟ‬d‫ﺒﺢ اﻟﺮ‬-…‫ ﻟﻘﺪ أ‬-_
!

3. Ought promotions to go by seniority or by merit and


abilities ?
74 Translation

? Y‫ واﳌﻘﺪر‬Y‫ﻗﺪﻣﻴﺔ أ| ^ﻟﻰ ا`ﺪار‬z‫ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﺔ ^ﻟﻰ ا‬V‫ﻰ أ‬i‫ ﻳﻨﺒ‬c~ -n


4. He has been trying to promote a new business company.

. Y‫ﺪﻳﺪ‬b ‫ﺎرﻳﺔ‬x ‫ﺮﻛﺔ‬h ‫ ﻣﺎزال ﻳﺤﺎول ^ﻧﺸﺎء‬-t


5. A women's group is promoting a new bill in parliament on
equal pay for equal work.

V‫ﺎﳌﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﺮوع ﻗﺎﻧﻮ‬W V‫ﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻗﻨﺎع اﻟﺒﺮﳌﺎ‬d‫ اﻟﻨﺴﺎ‬k‫ اﳌﻨﻈﻤﺎ‬g‫ﺪ‬e^ c‫ ﺗﻌﻤ‬-٥
. c‫ﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﻌﻤ‬W V‫ ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮ‬U‫ﲔ ﻣ‬W ‫ﺮ‬bz‫ ﻓﻰ ا‬Y‫ﺎﳌﺴﺎوا‬W ‫ﻳﻘ[ﻰ‬
6. Her first duty as chairperson, she believed, was to promote
good feelings between the two parties who had long fought a
futile ideological battle.

‫ﺎﻋﺮ اﻟﻄﻴﺒﺔ‬-‫ل اﳌﺸ‬Xe^ ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ‬c‫ﺎﺳﻴﺔ ~ﻮ اﻟﻌﻤ‬-d‫ﺒﺎﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﺮ‬b‫ أوﻟﻰ وا‬V‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﺘﻘﺪ أ‬-٦
‫ﻬﺎ‬d‫ ورا‬U‫ ﻣ‬cd‫ﺎ‬€ Z ‫ﻴﺔ‬b‫ﺔ أﻳﺪﻳﻮﻟﻮ‬-‫ﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻛ‬€‫ﺮا‬m‫ﺎل اﻧ‬€ U‫ﲔ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﲔ اﻟﻠﺬﻳ‬W
.
7. Work had almost ground to a halt and the director wondered
if the promotion of cooperation at the shop floor level could
help resume production.

V‫ روح اﻟﺘﻌﺎو‬vW V‫ ﻋﻤﺎ ^]ا ﻛﺎ‬r‫ وﺗﺴﺎءل اﳌﺪﻳﺮ ﻓﻰ ﻧﻔﺴ‬, ‚‫ ﻳﺘﻮﻗ‬V‫ أ‬c‫ﻌﻤ‬-‫ اﻟ‬a‫ ﻛﺎ‬-٧
. ‫ﻧﺘﺎج‬j‫ ^ﻟﻰ اﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎ• ا‬ga‫ ﻳﺆ‬V‫ أ‬U‫ﲔ اﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﳝﻜ‬W
8. Life is cheap in that country, the new commissioner for
Human Rights said, and no one seems conscious of the
inherent value of every human being as an independent soul.
‘Our only hope’, she said, ‘is to promote human rights at state
and popular levels’.
Translation 75

, ‫ رﺧﻴ\ﺔ ﻓﻰ ]ﻟﻚ اﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬V‫ﺎ‬-‫ﻧﺴ‬Z‫ ا‬Y‫ﻴﺎ‬e V^ V‫ﻧﺴﺎ‬j‫ ا‬o‫ﻮ‬-‫ ﳊﻘ‬Y‫ﺎﻟﺖ اﳌﻔﻮﺿﺔ ا`ﺪﻳﺪ‬-‫ ﻗ‬-٨
q‫ﺒﺎر‬-‫ﺎﻋﺘ‬-W V‫ﺎ‬-‫ ^ﻧﺴ‬c‫ﻠﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻛ‬-…‫ﺘﺄ‬-‫ﺔ اﳌ‬-‫ﻴﻤ‬-‫ اﻟﻘ‬U‫ ﻋ‬V‫ﻮ‬-‫ﻠ‬-‫ﺪو }ﺎﻓ‬-‫ﺎ ﻳﺒ‬-‫ﻴﻤ‬-‫ﺎس ﻓ‬-‫ اﻟﻨ‬V^‫و‬
‫ﻮﻋﻴﺔ‬-‫ﻰ اﻟﺘ‬-‫ ﻋﻠ‬c‫ﻤ‬-‫ﻮ اﻟﻌ‬-~ ‫ﻴﺪ‬-e‫ﻨﺎ اﻟﻮ‬-‫ أﻣﻠ‬V^ » ‫ﺔ‬-‫ﻠ‬d‫ﺎ‬-‫ وأﺿﺎﻓﺖ ﻗ‬. ًX-‫ﺘﻘ‬-‫ﺎﻧﺎً ﻣﺴ‬-‫ﻛﻴ‬
. « ً‫ اﻟﺸﻌﺒﻰ ﻣﻌﺎ‬g‫ اﳊﻜﻮﻣﻰ واﳌﺴﺘﻮ‬g‫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﺴﺘﻮ‬V‫ﻧﺴﺎ‬j‫ ا‬o‫ﺤﻘﻮ‬W

9. He wants to promote mutual trust and understanding.

. ‫ﻟﺔ واﻟﺘﻔﺎ~ﻢ‬a‫ﻘﺔ اﳌﺘﺒﺎ‬w‫ ﻋﻠﻰ }ﺮس اﻟ‬c‫ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ اﻟﻌﻤ‬-s

10. The people are calling for the promotion of democracy so


as to allow all citizens to actively take part in the running of
the country.

‫ ﻳﺸﺎرﻛﻮا‬V‫ﻨﲔ أ‬€‫ﻮا‬-‫ﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﺴﻨﻰ `ﻤﻴﻊ اﳌ‬-e ‫ﻴﺔ‬€‫ﺰ اﻟﺪﳝﻮﻗﺮا‬-‫ﺘﻌﺰﻳ‬W ƒ‫ﺸﻌ‬-‫ اﻟ‬ƒ‫ ﻳﻄﺎﻟ‬-١٠
. aX‫ اﻟﺒ‬V‫ﺌﻮ‬h Y‫ار‬a^ ‫ﻣﺸﺎرﻛﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻰ‬

11. As members of the same family, the Prime Minister said,


his cabinet colleagues should work more closely with one
another; above all the spirit of mutual trust and understanding
should be promoted.

Y‫ﺮوا أﻧﻬﻢ أﺳﺮ‬-‫ﻌﺘﺒ‬-‫ ﻳ‬V‫ أ‬ƒ‫ﻮزراء ﻳﺠ‬-‫ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ اﻟ‬q‫ء‬X‫ زﻣ‬V^ ‫ﻮزراء‬-‫ﻴﺲ اﻟ‬d‫ﺎل ر‬-‫ ﻗ‬-١١
‫ ﻳﻌﺰزوا روح‬V‫ﻰء أ‬h c‫ ﻛ‬c‫ وﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻗﺒ‬, c‫ﻤ‬-‫ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺪوا ﺗ[ﺎﻓﺮ~ﻢ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻌ‬, Y‫ﺪ‬e‫وا‬
. ‫ﻟﺔ واﻟﺘﻔﺎ~ﻢ‬a‫ﻘﺔ اﳌﺘﺒﺎ‬w‫اﻟ‬

12. The present slump in economic activity, the minister said,


was a temporary setback, and ‘all we need is greater
co-ordination among the departments concerned with the
promotion of exports to get us out of the current depression’.
‫‪76‬‬ ‫‪Translation‬‬

‫_‪ -١‬ﻗﺎل اﻟ‪-‬ﻮزﻳﺮ ^‪ V‬ا‪Z‬ﻧﻬﻴﺎر اﳊﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻨ‪-‬ﺸﺎط ا‪Z‬ﻗﺘ\ﺎ‪ ga‬ﻳﻌﺘﺒ‪-‬ﺮ ﻧﻜﺴﺔ ﻋﺎرﺿﺔ و^ﻧﻨﺎ‬
‫‪ Z‬ﻧﺤﺘﺎج ^‪^ Z‬ﻟﻰ زﻳﺎ‪ Ya‬اﻟ‪-‬ﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪W‬ﲔ ا`‪-‬ﻬﺎ‪ k‬اﳌﻌﻨ‪-‬ﻴﺔ ‪W‬ﺘﻨﻤ‪-‬ﻴﺔ اﻟ\ﺎ‪a‬را‪e k‬ﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻧﺘ‪i‬ﻠ‪ ƒ‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻛﻮ‪ a‬اﻟﺮا~‪. U‬‬

‫‪13. The company is trying to promote a new product, and has‬‬


‫‪allocated five million pounds for the publicity campaign.‬‬

‫‪-„ -١n‬ﺎول اﻟﺸ‪-‬ﺮﻛ‪-‬ﺔ ﺗﺮوﻳ‪ {-‬أ‪e‬ﺪ ﻣ‪-‬ﻨﺘ‪-‬ﺠ‪-‬ﺎﺗﻬ‪-‬ﺎ ا`‪-‬ﺪﻳﺪ‪ , Y‬وﻗ‪-‬ﺪ ﺧ‪\\-‬ﺖ‬


Exercises : Translate quickly : ?
1. The practice of annexing Arab land by the Israelis has been
condemned at the UN.

2. He believes in equality but in practice he prefers to employ


men (rather than women).

3. National sovereignty is a principle that may take contradictory


forms in practice.

4. Better pronunciation requires long years of practice.

5. Is it normal practice in Egypt not to be punctual ?

6. We need to promote punctuality and a basic respect for


commitment, as the practice of arriving late reveals an
inherent disregard for the value of time.

7. How can you call for the promotion of democracy in a country


that calls itself a democratic republic ?

8. Promotional sales have become a common feature of our life


today.
Translation 77

9. You may begin, if you want better and friendly relations at


the work-place, by promoting good will. This may require the
removal of any sense of superiority which the senior staff
have, as well as the promotion of respect for all persons as
members of humanity.

10. Some countries have been practising discrimination even


while claiming to be promoting equality. The exercise of all
citizenship rights requires a change in attitude and the
establishment of mutual respect, which is the prelude to the
real promotion of love.
Translation 79

Part II
80 Translation
Translation 81

Objectives of Part II
By the end of this part , students should be able to :
1- Do consecutive translation exercises following these
instructions :
a- Read the reference material if the subyect is not
common .
b- Read the passage .
c- Read the first paragraph only , then cover it with a
piece of paper .
d- Record your translation on tape .
e- Remove the paper and play the recording . Compare
what you have recorded with the English text .
f- write your translation and compare it with the
translation of this part in the Appendex .
g- Learn all the new words before proceeding to the next
unit .
2- Translate the lexical items in the contexts given in the units
82 Translation
Translation 83

. Part II
This part is designed to provide the necessary
training in consecutive translation. The student is
required to read each passage, then put away the book
and jot down the basic sense of each paragraph or
passage, before comparing what he or she has done
with the full textual rendering supplied in the
Appendix. For more instructions, see the introduction
and the notes appended to each unit.

Part II consists of several extracts taken from a


report by Amnesty International condemning the
Israeli practice of demolishing Palestinian homes and
confiscating Arab land. The introduction is a summary
of the full report from which the extracts are taken : it
is intended to familiarize the translator with the theme
of the report and should be read carefully before the
exercises in the units that follow are undertaken. The
student may read it in conjunction with its Arabic
rendering given in the Appendix so as to be sure of the
right Arabic terms used in the translation of such
reports. This is normal practice in professional
interpretation, consecutive and at sight translation.
The interpreter may be given reference material in
both languages if the subject is not common. Here the
84 Translation

learner needs to acquire such a knowledge beforehand.


If difficulties still arise in the units that follow, he or
she may refer to the translation given in the Appendix.
Translation 85

Introduction
Demolition and Dispossession :
the destruction of Palestinian homes

Since 1987 the Israeli authorities have demolished at least


2,650 Palestinian homes in the West Bank, including East
Jerusalem, because they did not have a building permit. As a result
16,700 Palestinians (including 7,300 children) have lost their
homes. The number of demolitions per year has not fallen since
the Declaration of Principles, signed in 1993, initiated a series of
peace accords between Israel and the Palestine Liberation
Organization. On the contrary – although the number of
Palestinians under direct Israeli control is now only one eighth
what it was before, the average number of house demolitions per
year – 226 – has even shown a slight increase.

Although the number of houses demolished each year is large,


it is small compared with the number which are at any time issued
with a demolition order and under threat of demolition. At the
present time it is believed that 1,300 homes, housing a quarter of
the population in Area C (the area of the West Bank still under full
Israeli control) are under demolition order and perhaps 12,000
homes in East Jerusalem (over a third of the population).

In any country it may occasionally be necessary to demolish a


house which has been illegally constructed. However, there is no
86 Translation

doubt that the reasons for demolition of Palestinian houses in East


Jerusalem and the West Bank are spurious and have no technical
justification. The planning laws have been used by the Israeli
authorities to confine Palestinian development to existing locations
without providing new development areas to meet demographic
needs. Controls have been relentlessly applied : outside East
Jerusalem by citing plans produced over 50 years ago which
designate virtually the whole area for agriculture, and in East
Jerusalem by long delays in preparing plans, complex procedures
of permit submission, and a ceiling on the number of Palestinians
allowed to reside in the area.

The demolition of Palestinian homes and the denial of


opportunity to build legally are related to a policy of land
confiscation from private Palestinian ownership which is then used
exclusively for Israeli development. Discriminatory laws prevent
non-Israelis from leasing confiscated land.

This report investigates the pretexts and implications of the


Israeli policy of house demolitions, focussing particularly on the
period after the beginning of the peace process in 1993. It
describes the problems for Palestinains of getting permits and the
related Israeli policies on land including zoning, land confiscations
and Israeli settlement–building of the occupied territories.

The report covers the West Bank, including East Jerusalem; it


does not cover Gaza, also occupied by Israel in 1967, where,
Translation 87

although the laws are sometimes different the policies have been
similar. The demolition of houses for “security” reasons – a
collective punishment used against Palestinians accused of security
offences and their families (recently mostly against families of
suicide bombers) has frequently been condemned by Amnesty
International, and is not considered in this report
88 Translation
Translation 89

Unit Nine
Read the whole passage slowly once through. Then you may
begin by translating the first paragraph while covering it with a
piece of paper : you may translate it orally or in writing. Do not
cheat ! In consecutive translation exercises you must learn to trust
your memory, and in at sight translation you must learn to abstract
the meaning before putting it in Arabic. These instructions apply
to all the units in Part II :

1. Read the passage.

2. Read the first paragraph only then cover it with a piece of


paper and start recording your translation on tape.

3. Remove the paper and play the recording, comparing what


you have recorded with the English original.

4. Put your version down on a piece of paper and compare it


with the translated text in the Appendix.

5. Make sure you've learnt all the new words before


proceeding to the next unit.

Legal Background
‘Local’ law is the Jordanian law (which incorporated earlier
Mandate and Ottoman laws). The main relevant law is Jordanian
Planning Law Number 79 of 1966, and the military authorities
have invariably cited this law in making planning decisions, both
90 Translation

pre-Oslo II (throughout the West Bank) and post-Oslo II (in Area


C).

The Palestinian municipalities had dealt with detailed planning


matters (under the strict constraint of the Israeli Central Planning
Department) long before Oslo II. The effect of Oslo II therefore
has been that Palestinian competence for approval of planning
permission has been extended to cover the whole of Areas A and B
(under a Palestinian Central Planning Department). In Area C all
matters related to planning continue to be dealt with directly and
solely by an Israeli Central Planning Department within the Israeli
military government.
Translation 91

Unit Ten
Follow the same procedure indicated in unit Nine : You may
have as much time as you like in reading the text, but try to be
quick when translating it.

Jordanian Planning Law Number 79 of 1966


In brief, this law requires development plans to be prepared,
approved, and kept up to date (and for notices in the press). A
permit may be refused if the development conflicts with a plan;
penalties for unpermitted development may include, in extreme
cases, demolition. A High Planning Council advised by a Central
Planning Department would prepare and approve ‘regional’ plans,
and local commissions (municipalities or groups of villages)
would prepare ‘outline’ and ‘detailed’ plans, to be approved by the
High Planning Council and District Commission, respectively.

Legislation during the occupation has been issued in about


1,500 ‘military orders’ (MO) and in countless regulations by the
Military Commander of the West Bank, since Oslo II these have
not for the most part had effect in Areas A and B. In 1971 the
Israeli authorities ‘amended’ Law number 79 by MO 418, under
which all significant decisions on permits and plans would be
made by a High Planning Council appointed by the Military
Commander. MO 418 also allowed the High Planning Council to
prepare, amend, cancel, disregard, or dispense with the need for
92 Translation

any plan or permit. Most members of the High Planning Council


have been military officers and all have been Israeli citizens. The
means has thus been available to the military authorities both to
foster the establishment and expansion of Israeli settlements and to
prevent Palestinian development by systematically refusing
permits and demolishing unpermitted Palestinian houses – while
ostensibly conforming to the amended Jordanian law .
Translation 93

Unit Eleven
[Follow the same instructions given for the last unit but you
may record the whole passage on a tape recorder, then play it at
normal speed and take down notes while listening. Do it all,
paragraph by paragraph before checking your translation against
the text in the Appendix].

House Demolitions in the West Bank

The Need for Building Permits :


The legal pretext for house demolition has been the control of
development in the amended Jordanian planning law. Meanwhile
virtually no opportunity has been given for legitimate development
to take place. The result has been the demolition of houses which,
without the possibility of building with a permit, Palestinians have
had to build without a permit. The objective has apparently been to
confine Palestinian development to existing urban areas in order to
preserve maximum opportunity for land confiscation and Jewish
settlement.

The general procedure operated by the military government


for granting permission to build houses has remaind unchanged for
20 years. It is centralized, complex, lengthy and costly. Guidance
on procedure has never been issued. Neither the composition of
the committee of the High Planning Council nor the agenda nor
the minutes of meetings are published.
94 Translation

In the early 1990s about 400 town and village plans were
hurriedly drawn up by an engineer in the CPD, deposited and
approved as ‘partial’ plans under Law number 79 (even though
that law makes no mention of ‘partial’ plans). They crudely mark
on an aerial photo the (outer) boundary of allowable future
development (hence they are referred to as boundary plans).
Within the boundary is most but not all of the then existing village,
with opportunity only for local infill (i.e. filling the small gaps
between existing buildings) and no positive proposals for growth.
The boundaries are similar but not identical to the smaller ‘islands’
of Area B subsequently defined under Oslo II.

Reasons for Denying Permits to Palestinians :


Reasons for refusal of a permit for a house are given after a
lawyer attends an appeal hearing. In the last 10 years the reasons
used have been effectively limited to the following :
(1) Agricultural Area S15/RJ5;
(2) Plot too narrow / separation between building and edge of
plot too small / density too high;
(3) More than one building on a plot;
(4) Insufficient evidence of ownership;
(5) Land needed for road.
Translation 95

Unit Twelve
This unit contains quotations from international treaties which
cannot be re-translated : the official Arabic version is given in the
Appendix and should be studied thoroughly. Otherwise the same
procedures should be followed.

International Standards
In its demolition of houses and use of land confiscation and
planning laws targeted against the Palestinian population, Israel
has breached international humanitarian and human rights treaties
the State has solemnly contracted to uphold.

International Human Rights Law :


Israel has ratified UN international human rights standards,
including the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights
(ICCPR), the International Covenant of Economic Social and
Cultural Rights (ICESCR), both ratified in 1991, and the
International Convention on the Elimination of all forms of Racial
Discrimination (ICERD), ratified in 1979, which forbids any
discrimination in the exercise of the various rights, including the
right to housing.

The fundamental duty of a State to guarantee rights without


discrimination is laid down in Article 2 (1) of the ICCPR :

“Each State Party to the present Covenant undertakes


96 Translation

to respect and to ensure to all individuals within its


territory and subject to its jurisdiction the rights
recognized in the present Covenant, without distinction
of any kind, such as race, colour, sex, language,
religion, political or other opinion, national or social
origin, property, birth or other status.”

This right to equality and to equal protection before the law is


reiterated in Article 26 of the ICCPR :

“All persons are equal before the law and are entitled
without any discrimination to the equal protection of
the law. In this respect, the law shall prohibit any
discrimination and guarantee to all persons equal and
effective protection against discrimination on any
ground such as race, colour, sex, language, religion,
political or other opinion, national or social origin,
property, birth or other status.”

Article 4 (1) allows states to derogate from certain articles of


the ICCPR in time of public emergency, but only if “such
measures are not inconsistent with their other obligations under
international law and do not involve discrimination solely on the
ground of race, colour, sex, language, religion or social origin.”
Thus the principle of non-discrimination is non-derogable.
Translation 97

Unit Thirteen
[This unit cites the observations by the UN Human Rights
Committee. The text is not available in Arabic, so it must be done
from this report. Follow the same instructions as before.]

The Human Rights Committee's observations


The United Nations Human Rights Committee, which
examined the initial report of Israel on its implementation of the
ICCPR in July 1998 stated, in its concluding observations :

“The Committee deplores the demolition of Arab


homes as a means of punishment. It also deplores the
practice of demolitions, in part or in whole, of
‘illegally’ constructed Arab homes. The Committee
notes with regret the difficulties imposed on Palestinian
families seeking to obtain legitimate construction
permits. The Committee considers the demolition of
homes to conflict directly with the obligation of the
State party to ensure without discrimination the right
not to be subjected to arbitrary interference with one's
home (art. 17), the freedom to choose one's residence
(art. 12) and equality of all persons before the law and
equal protection of the law (art. 26).”
(CCPR/C/79/Add. 93, para. 24)
98 Translation

The ICESCR guarantees in Article 11 the rights of everyone to


adequate housing and, in its comment in 1998 on Israel's report on
its implementation of the ICESCR, the UN Committee on
Economic, Social and Cultural Rights deplored “the continuing
practice by the Government of Israel of home demolitions ...”
(E/C. 12/1/Add. 27, para. 22).

The UN Committee on the Elimination of Racial


Discrimination, which in March 1998 considered Israel's report on
its implementation of the ICERD, ratified by Israel in 1979, called
“for a halt to the demolition of Arab properties in East Jerusalem
and for respect for property rights irrespective of the ethnic origin
of the owner”. (CERD/C/304/Add. 45, para. 11)
Translation 99

Unit Fourteen

[This unit contains a quotation from the Fourth Geneva


Convention which, though the Arabic text exists somewhere, must
be translated. This may be done in writing and checked against the
Arabic text given in the Appendix. Otherwise the procedure
specified for the last unit should be followed.]

International Humanitarian Law

The treaty which applies to civilians living in territory


occupied by another power “of which they are not nationals” is the
Fourth Geneva Convention Relative to the Protection of Civilian
Persons in Time of War, to which Israel is a High Contracting
party, having ratified the Convention in 1951.

In their use of house demolitions, the Israeli authorities have


breached Article 53 of the Fourth Geneva Convention, which
states :

“Any destruction by the Occupying Power of real or


personal property belonging individually or
collectively to private persons, or to the State, or to
other public authorities, or to social or cooperative
organizations, is prohibited, except where such
destruction is rendered absolutely necessary by
military operations”.
100 Translation

It is clear that the house demolitions carried out by Israel in


the areas of the West Bank and East Jerusalem it controls are not
carried out from any “absolute military necessity”. Article 147
defines a number of “grave breaches” of the Geneva Convention
and includes among them : “extensive destruction and
appropriation of property, not justified by military necessity and
carried out unlawfully and wantonly”.
Translation 101

Unit Fifteen
[The conclusions and recommendations are best done in
writing, but the translator should by now be familiar with all the
basic terms and is expected to do the passage orally in accordance
with the procedure specified for all the units in Part II.]

Conclusions and Recommendations


The policy of house demolitions, based on a manipulation of
planning mechanisms and closely linked to the confiscation of
land and the growth of Israeli settlements, is a grave human rights
violation against the Palestinian residents of the West Bank,
including East Jerusalem. This unacceptable policy has caused
homelessness and accompanying trauma to thousands of
Palestinians, including children; it has brought in its train
wounding, and even killing.
Amnesty International calls on the Government of Israel to :
(1) End the discriminatory policy of denying building permits
and demolishing the houses of palestinians.
(2) Ensure that all outstanding demolition orders are cancelled
and responsibility for planning be restored to the Palestinian
communities in each area.
(3) Repeal discriminatory laws without delay.
Translation 103

Appendix

Arabic Translation of All the passages in

Part II, and exercise 10 of Unit 6 (Part I)


104 Translation
‫‪Translation‬‬ ‫‪105‬‬

‫‪1. Exercise 10 of Unit 6 in Part I.‬‬

‫‪ -١٠‬ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟ‪,‬ﺪﻋﻮة إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﲔ اﳌ‪,‬ﺮأة واﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻓﻰ ﺟﻬﻮد اﻟﺘﻨ‪,‬ﻤﻴﺔ أﺳﺎﺳﺎً دﻋﻮة‬
‫إﻟﻰ إﺷﺮاك اﳌﺮأة ﻓﻰ اﻟﻌﻤﻠ‪,‬ﻴﺎت اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ واﻻﺟﺘ‪,‬ﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﻳﺮى اﻟﺪاﻋﻮن‬
‫إﻟ‪,‬ﻴﻬﺎ أن اﳌﺮأة ﻣ‪T,‬ﺘﺒﻌ‪,‬ﺪة ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟ‪,‬ﺮاﻫﻦ ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟ‪,‬ﻮن إن اﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻳ‪T,‬ﺘ‪,‬ﻠ_^ ﺗﻜ‪,‬ﻠﻴ‪ ],‬اﳌﺮأة ﺑ\دوا‪,[ Y‬ﻴﻮﻳ‪,‬ﺔ ‪Z‬ﺎ‪ UY‬اﻟ‪,‬ﺒﻴﺖ ‪ ,‬ﻓ‪,‬ﻰ ﻣ‪X‬ﺎ‪ W‬اﻻ‪,V‬ﺘﺎ‪ U‬وﻓﻰ‬
‫ا‪,d‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺎة اﻟ‪,‬ﻌ‪,‬ﺎﻣ‪,‬ﺔ ﺟ‪,‬ﻤ‪,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﻌ‪,‬ﺎً ‪ .‬وﻟ‪,‬ﻜﻦ اﳌ‪,‬ﻌ‪,‬ﺎ‪,cY‬ﲔ ﻳ‪,‬ﻘﻮﻟ‪,‬ﻮن إن ‪b‬ﻟ‪ a,‬ﻗ‪,‬ﺪ ﻳ`دى إﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗ‪,l‬ﻜﻴ‪ a‬ا‪,d‬ﻴﺎة ا‪k‬ﺳﺮﻳ‪,‬ﺔ وﻳ‪,j‬ﻤﻞ ﻓﻰ ‪i‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺎﺗ‪,hZ e‬ﺮ اﻟﺘ‪,‬ﻤ_‪ g‬واﻟ‪,‬ﺘ‪f‬ﺘﺖ ‪ ,‬وإ‪ eV‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻳ‪,‬ﻨ‪,‬ﺒ‪o,‬ﻰ اﻟ‪ U_,‬ﺑ‪,‬ﺎﳌﺮأة ﻓﻰ ‪n,Z‬ﻢ اﻟ‪,‬ﺼ‪,‬ﺮاﻋ‪,‬ﺎت واﻟ‪,‬ﺘ‪,‬ﻨ‪,‬ﺎ[‪,‬ﺮ اﻟ‪,‬ﺪا‪m‬ﺮ ﻓﻰ ﻋ‪,‬ﺎﻟﻢ ‪Y‬ﺟﺎ‪W‬‬
‫ا‪k‬ﻋ‪,‬ﻤ‪,‬ﺎ‪ , W‬ﻓ‪,,‬ﻬ‪,‬ﻮ ﻳ‪,‬ﺘ‪,h,,‬ﻠ‪ r‬ﻣ‪,‬ﺎ ﻳ‪,,‬ﺘ‪,‬ﻤ‪,‬ﻴ‪ _,,‬ﺑ‪ e‬اﻟ‪,‬ﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗ‪,,‬ﺪ‪Y‬ة ﻋ‪,‬ﻠﻰ ﺑ‪q‬دة ا‪pd‬‬
‫واﻟﺘ‪,‬ﻨﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟ‪,‬ﻌﺎ‪,l,i‬ﺔ ‪ ,‬وﻳﺼ‪,‬ﺮ اﳌﻌ‪,‬ﺎ‪cY‬ﻮن ﻟ‪,‬ﺘﻠ‪ a‬اﻟ‪,‬ﺪﻋﻮة ﻋ‪,‬ﻠﻰ أن اﻟﺘ‪,‬ﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺘ‪j,‬ﻘ‪ u‬ﺑ‪,‬ﺎﻟ‪,l‬ﻌﻞ [‪,‬ﺎﻟﻴ‪,‬ﺎً ‪ ,‬وإن ‪t‬ﺎن ﻣ‪T,‬ﺘ‪,‬ﻮى ﻣ‪,f‬ﺎ‪,tY‬ﺔ اﳌﺮأة أﻋ‪,‬ﻤ‪,st u‬ﻴﺮاً ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣ‪T,‬ﺘ‪,‬ﻮى اﻟ‪,‬ﺮﺟﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻓ‪,‬ﺎﻟ‪,‬ﻘ‪,n‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺔ ﺗ‪,‬ﺘ‪,‬ﻌﻠ‪ u‬ﺑ‪,‬ﺼ‪,j,‬ﺔ اﻟ‪,‬ﻨ‪,T‬ﻴ‪ w‬اﻻﺟ‪,‬ﺘ‪,‬ﻤﺎﻋ‪,‬ﻰ ﻣﻦ [ﻴ‪v‬‬
‫ﻣ‪,n‬ﻤ‪,‬ﻮ‪ eV‬ا}‪,T,V‬ﺎ‪V‬ﻰ ‪ ,‬أ‪,s,t‬ﺮ |‪,‬ﺎ ﺗ‪,‬ﺘ‪,‬ﻌﻠ‪,X,{ u‬ﺘ‪,‬ﻤ‪ z‬ﻗ‪,‬ﺎد‪ Y‬ﻋ‪,‬ﻠﻰ ‪,y‬ﻘ‪,‬ﻴ‪ u‬اﻟ‪,‬ﻨ‪X,‬ﺎ‪x‬‬
‫اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدى ‪.‬‬
‫‪106‬‬ ‫‪Translation‬‬

‫‪2. Arabic text of the introduction to Part II :‬‬

‫دﻣ‪,,‬ﺮت اﻟ‪,,T,,‬ﻠ‪,h,,‬ﺎت ا}ﺳ‪,,‬ﺮا‪,,m‬ﻴ‪,,‬ﻠ‪,,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺔ ﻣ‪,,‬ﺎ ﻻ ﻳ‪,,‬ﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ‪ •€•٠‬ﻣ‪,,‬ﻨ‪_,,‬ﻻً ﻣﻦ ﻣ‪,,‬ﻨ‪,‬ﺎ~‪W‬‬


‫اﻟ‪,l‬ﻠ‪hT‬ﻴﻨﻴﲔ ﻓﻰ اﻟ‪ln,‬ﺔ اﻟ‪o‬ﺮﺑﻴ‪,‬ﺔ ‪{ ,‬ﺎ ﻓﻰ ‪b‬ﻟ‪ a‬اﻟﻘﺪس اﻟ‪,f‬ﺮﻗﻴﺔ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻨ… ﻋﺎ^ „‪,١‚ƒ‬‬
‫ﺑ‪T,‬ﺒ‪ r‬ﻋﺪ^ [‪,‬ﺼﻮ‪ W‬ﺗﻠ‪ a‬اﳌ‪,‬ﻨﺎ~‪ W‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮا‪Z‬ﻴﺺ ﺑ‪,‬ﻨﺎء ‪ ,‬و‪t‬ﺎن ﻣﻦ ‪,V‬ﺘﻴ‪,X‬ﺔ ‪b‬ﻟ‪ a‬أن ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻋ‪,‬ﺪد ﻣﻦ اﻟ‪l‬ﻠ‪h,T‬ﻴﻨﻴ‪,‬ﲔ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ‪ ١€„٠٠‬ﺷﺨ‪,‬ﺼﺎً ) ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻬ‪,‬ﻢ ‪ ( ًqli „٣٠٠‬ﺑﻴﻮﺗﻬﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫وﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺨ‪l‬ﺾ اﳌﻌﺪ‪ W‬اﻟ‪T‬ﻨﻮى ﻟﻬﺪ^ اﳌﻨﺎ~‪ W‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﺪو‪ Y‬إﻋ‪q‬ن اﳌﺒﺎدئ اﻟ…ى وُﻗّ‪ z‬ﻓﻰ ﻋﺎ^‬
‫‪ ١‚‚٣‬واﻟ‪…,‬ى أدى إﻟﻰ ﻋ‪,‬ﻘ‪,‬ﺪ ﺳ‪,‬ﻠ‪,T,‬ﻠﺔ ﻣ‪,‬ﻦ اﺗ‪,l‬ﺎﻗ‪,‬ﺎت اﻟ‪ ^qT,‬ﺑ‪,‬ﲔ إﺳ‪,‬ﺮا‪,m‬ﻴﻞ وﻣ‪,‬ﻨ‪,‬ﻈ‪,‬ﻤﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘ‪,j‬ﺮﻳﺮ اﻟ‪l‬ﻠ‪h,T‬ﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌ‪,‬ﻜ‪ p‬ﻣﻦ ‪b‬ﻟ‪ , a‬إ‪ b‬إن ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﺪد اﳌﻨﺎ~‪ W‬اﻟﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺗ‪,‬ﺘ‪,‬ﻌﺮض ﻟ‪,‬ﻠﻬ‪,‬ﺪ^ ﺳ‪,‬ﻨﻮﻳ‪,‬ﺎً ‪ ,‬واﻟ‪…,‬ى ﻳﺒ‪,‬ﻠﻎ ‪ ••€‬ﻣﻨ‪_,‬ﻻً ‪ ,‬ﻗ‪,‬ﺪ ا~داد ~ﻳﺎدة ‪,l,i‬ﻴ‪,l‬ﺔ ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟ‪,‬ﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ أن ﻋ‪,‬ﺪد اﻟ‪,l,‬ﻠ‪h,T,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﻨ‪,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﲔ اﻟ‪…,‬ﻳﻦ ﻳ‪,‬ﻘ‪,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﻤﻮن ﻓﻰ اﳌ‪,‬ﻨ‪,‬ﺎ‪ ui‬اﳋ‪,‬ﺎ‪,c‬ﻌ‪,‬ﺔ ﻟ‪,‬ﻠ‪,T,‬ﻠ‪h,‬ﺔ‬
‫ا}ﺳﺮا‪m‬ﻴﻠﻴﺔ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﻻ ﻳﺘ‪X‬ﺎو~ اﻵن ﺛُﻤﻦ ﻣﺎ ‪t‬ﺎن ﻋﻠﻴ‪ e‬ﻓﻰ اﳌﺎ‪c‬ﻰ ‪.‬‬

‫وﻟ‪,‬ﻘ‪,‬ﺪ ﺗ‪,T‬ﺒ‪ r‬ﻫ‪,‬ﺪ^ اﳌ‪,‬ﻨﺎ~‪ W‬ﻓﻰ إ[‪,‬ﺪاث ﺻ‪,‬ﺪﻣﺎت ‪T,l,V‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺔ ﻋ‪,‬ﻤﻴ‪,‬ﻘ‪,‬ﺔ ‪k‬ﺻ‪,j‬ﺎﺑ‪,‬ﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ا‪k‬ﻓﺮاد وا‪k‬ﺳﺮ ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳ‪,‬ﺒﻠّ‪o‬ﻮن ﺑﻮﻗﺖ اﻟ‪,‬ﻬﺪ^ أو ﺗﺎ‪Y‬ﻳﺨ‪ , e‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﻮاﺟ‪,‬ﻬﻮن اﻟﺒﻮﻟﺪو~‪Y‬ات‬
‫اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗ‪,‬ﺼﻞ ﻓ‪\X‬ة ﻣ‪ z‬ﻋ‪f‬ﺮات اﳉﻨﻮد اﻟ‪…,‬ﻳﻦ ﻳ‪j‬ﻤﻠﻮن ﻋﺼﻰّ اﻟ‪,f‬ﺮ‪i‬ﺔ وا‪k‬ﺳﻠ‪j‬ﺔ اﻟﻨﺎ‪Y‬ﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ ,‬وﻋﺎدة ﺑ‪,‬ﻌﺪ أن ﻳ‪,‬ﻜﻮن اﻟ‪,‬ﻮاﻟﺪ ﻗ‪,‬ﺪ ﻏﺎد‪ Y‬اﻟ‪,‬ﺒﻴﺖ إﻟﻰ ﻋﻤ‪,‬ﻠ‪ , e‬وﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳ‪,‬ﺘ‪,T‬ﻨﻰ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻳ‪_,‬ﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ •‪ ١‬دﻗ‪,‬ﻴﻘﺔ }‪,Z‬ﺮا‪ U‬ﻣﻨﻘ‪,‬ﻮﻻﺗﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ اﳌﻨ‪ , W_,‬ﻗﺒﻞ أن ﻳﻘ‪,‬ﻮ^ اﳉﻨﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺈﻟ‪,‬ﻘﺎء ا‪k‬ﺛﺎث ﻓﻰ اﻟ‪,f‬ﺎ‪Y‬ع وﺗﺪﻣ‪,‬ﻴﺮ اﳌ‪T,‬ﺎ‪t‬ﻦ ﺑ‪,‬ﺎﻟﺒ‪,‬ﻮﻟﺪو~‪Y‬ات ‪ ,‬و‪s,t‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺮاً ﻣﺎ ‪,t‬ﺎن أﻓﺮاد‬
‫ا‪k‬ﺳﺮة ﻳﺘﻌﺮ‪c‬ﻮن ‪ ,‬ﻣ‪ z‬ﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ |ﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﺮ‪c‬ﻮن ﻋﻠﻰ ‪b‬ﻟ‪ , a‬ﻟﻠ‪n‬ﺮب ﺑﻌﺼﻰّ اﻟ‪f‬ﺮ‪i‬ﺔ أو‬
‫ﻟﻺﺻ‪,‬ﺎﺑ‪,‬ﺔ ﺑ‪X,‬ﺮا‪ x‬ﻣﻦ اﻟ‪,‬ﺮﺻ‪,‬ﺎﺻ‪,‬ﺎت اﳌ‪,o‬ﻠّ‪,l,‬ﺔ ﺑﺎﳌ‪,h,‬ﺎط ) ﺑﻞ وﻟ‪,‬ﻠ‪,‬ﻘﺘﻞ ﻓﻰ [‪,‬ﺎﻟ‪,‬ﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫ…ه‬
‫ا‪d‬ﺎﻻت ( ‪.‬‬

‫وﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ‪c‬ﺨ‪,‬ﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﺪد اﳌ‪T,‬ﺎ‪t‬ﻦ اﻟ‪,‬ﺘﻰ ﻳﻬﺪﻣ‪,‬ﻬﺎ ا}ﺳﺮا‪,m‬ﻴﻠﻴ‪,‬ﻮن ‪t‬ﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪,‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳ‪,‬ﻌﺘ‪,‬ﺒﺮ ‪,c‬ﺌﻴ‪ ًq‬إ‪b‬ا ﻗﻮ‪Y‬ن ﺑ‪,‬ﻌﺪد اﳌ‪T,‬ﺎ‪t‬ﻦ اﻟ‪,‬ﺘﻰ ﻳﺼﺪ‪ Y‬ا‪k‬ﻣ‪,‬ﺮ ﺑﻬ‪,‬ﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ أى وﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ا‪k‬وﻗ‪,‬ﺎت ‪ ,‬أو اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﺘ‪,‬ﻌﺮض ﳋ‪h‬ﺮ اﻟ‪,‬ﻬﺪ^ ‪ .‬وﻳ‪,T‬ﻮد اﻻﻋﺘﻘ‪,‬ﺎد [ﺎﻟﻴ‪,‬ﺎً ﺑ\ن ا‪k‬ﻣﺮ ﻗﺪ‬
‫‪Translation‬‬ ‫‪107‬‬

‫ﺻﺪ‪ Y‬ﺑﺈ~اﻟﺔ ‪ ١٣٠٠‬ﻣﻨ_‪ W‬ﻳﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪Y‬ﺑ‪ z‬ﺳﻜﺎن اﳌﻨ‪h‬ﻘﺔ » ﺟﻴﻢ « ) وﻫﻰ اﳌﻨ‪h‬ﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺗ_ا‪ W‬ﺗﺨ‪ zn‬ﻟﻠ‪T,‬ﻴ‪h‬ﺮة ا}ﺳﺮا‪m‬ﻴﻠ‪,‬ﻴﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨ‪,‬ﺎ‪ ui‬اﻟ‪ln‬ﺔ اﻟ‪o‬ﺮﺑﻴﺔ ( إﻟﻰ ﺟﺎ‪rV‬‬
‫‪jV‬ﻮ ‪ ١•٠٠٠‬ﻣﻨ_‪ W‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﻘﺪس اﻟ‪f‬ﺮﻗﻴﺔ ) [ﻴ‪ v‬ﻳﻘﻴﻢ أ‪st‬ﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻠ‪ v‬اﻟ‪T‬ﻜﺎن ( ‪.‬‬

‫وﻗ‪,‬ﺪ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ اﻟ‪ ^~q‬أ[ﻴ‪,‬ﺎ‪V‬ﺎً إ~اﻟﺔ ﻣ‪,‬ﺒﻨﻰ أﻗﻴﻢ ﺑ‪h,‬ﺮﻳﻘ‪,‬ﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗ‪,‬ﺎ‪V‬ﻮ‪V‬ﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ أى ﺑﻠﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒ‪,‬ﻠﺪان ‪ ,‬وﻟ‪,‬ﻜﻨ‪,| e‬ﺎ ﻻﺷ‪ a‬ﻓ‪,‬ﻴ‪ e‬أن أﺳﺒ‪,‬ﺎب ﻫﺪ^ اﳌ‪,‬ﻨﺎ~‪ W‬اﻟ‪l,‬ﻠ‪,hT,‬ﻴﻨ‪,‬ﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟ‪,‬ﻘﺪس‬
‫اﻟ‪f,‬ﺮﻗ‪,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺔ واﻟ‪,l,n,‬ﺔ اﻟ‪,o‬ﺮﺑ‪,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺔ أﺳ‪,‬ﺒﺎب ~ا‪,l,m‬ﺔ وﻻ ﺗ‪,T,‬ﺘ‪,‬ﻨﺪ إﻟﻰ ﻣ‪,‬ﺒ‪,‬ﺮ‪Y‬ات ﺗ‪,‬ﻘ‪,‬ﻨ‪,‬ﻴﺔ ‪ .‬إ‪ b‬إن‬
‫اﻟ‪,T‬ﻠ‪h‬ﺎت ا}ﺳ‪,‬ﺮا‪m‬ﻴﻠ‪,‬ﻴﺔ ﺗ‪,T‬ﺘ‪o‬ﻞ ﻗﻮا‪,V‬ﲔ اﻟﺘﺨ‪h,‬ﻴﻂ ) أو اﻟﺘ‪,‬ﻨﻈﻴﻢ ( ﻓﻰ ﻗﺼ‪,‬ﺮ اﻟﺘﻨ‪,‬ﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﺮا‪V‬ﻴﺔ اﻟ‪l‬ﻠ‪hT‬ﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻮاﻗ‪ z‬اﻟ‪,‬ﻘﺎ‪m‬ﻤﺔ و[ﺼﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ,‬وﻻ ﺗ‪T‬ﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎ‪ui‬‬
‫ﺗ‪,‬ﻮﺳ‪ z‬ﺟﺪﻳ‪,‬ﺪة ﻟﺘ‪,‬ﻠ‪,‬ﺒﻴ‪,‬ﺔ اﻻ[ﺘ‪,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺎﺟﺎت اﻟ‪T,‬ﻜ‪,‬ﺎ‪,V‬ﻴﺔ اﳉ‪,‬ﺪﻳﺪة ‪ .‬وﻫﻰ ﺗ‪,h,‬ﺒ‪ u‬اﻟ‪,n‬ﻮاﺑﻂ اﻟﺘﻰ‬
‫و‪,c‬ﻌﺘ‪,‬ﻬﺎ ﺗ‪h,‬ﺒﻴ‪,‬ﻘﺎً ﻻ ﻫ‪,‬ﻮادة ﻓﻴ‪ , e‬وﻫﻰ ﺗ‪,‬ﻤﺎ‪Y‬س ‪b‬ﻟ‪,Z a‬ﺎ‪ UY‬اﻟﻘﺪس اﻟ‪f,‬ﺮﻗ‪,‬ﻴﺔ اﺳ‪,‬ﺘﻨﺎداً‬
‫إﻟﻰ ﻣﺒﺎدئ » اﻟ‪,‬ﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ « اﻟﺘﻰ و‪,c‬ﻌﺖ ﻣﻨ… ﻣ‪,‬ﺎ ﻳﺮﺑﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ •٠‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎً واﻟ‪,‬ﺘﻰ ﺗﺨﺼﺺ‬
‫اﳌﻨ‪h,‬ﻘ‪,‬ﺔ ‪t‬ﻠﻬ‪,‬ﺎ ﺗﻘ‪,‬ﺮﻳﺒ‪,‬ﺎً ﻟﻠ‪Y_,‬اﻋﺔ ‪ ,‬وﺗﻤ‪,‬ﺎ‪Y‬س ‪b‬ﻟ‪ a‬دا‪Z‬ﻞ اﻟﻘ‪,‬ﺪس اﻟ‪,f‬ﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﺑ‪,‬ﺘﻌ‪,‬ﻤﺪ ﺗ‪Z\,‬ﻴﺮ‬
‫و‪ zc‬ا‪hh,£‬ﺎت ﻟ‪l,‬ﺘ‪,‬ﺮات ‪i‬ﻮﻳ‪,‬ﻠﺔ ‪ ,‬وﺗ‪,‬ﻌﻘ‪,‬ﻴﺪ إﺟ‪,‬ﺮاءات ﺗﻘ‪,‬ﺪﱘ اﻟﺘﺮا‪,Z‬ﻴﺺ ‪ ,‬وو‪[ zc‬ﺪ‬
‫أﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪد اﻟ‪l‬ﻠ‪hT‬ﻴﻨﻴﲔ اﻟ…ﻳﻦ ﺗ‪T‬ﻤﺢ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺎ}ﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺗﻠ‪ a‬اﳌﻨ‪h‬ﻘﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫وﻳُ‪,‬ﻌ_ى ﻫ‪,‬ﺪ^ ﻣ‪T‬ﺎ‪t‬ﻦ اﻟ‪l,‬ﻠ‪hT,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﻨﻴ‪,‬ﲔ و[ﺮﻣﺎ‪,V‬ﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺻ‪,‬ﺔ إ‪fV‬ﺎء اﳌ‪,‬ﺒﺎ‪V‬ﻰ ﺑ‪,‬ﺎﻟ‪h‬ﺮ‪g‬‬


‫اﳌ‪f‬ﺮوﻋﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟ‪T‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺎﺳﺔ ا}ﺳﺮا‪m‬ﻴﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻤ‪s‬ﻞ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺼﺎد‪Y‬ة ا‪Yk‬ا‪c‬ﻰ اﻟﺘﻰ ﳝﺘﻠﻜﻬﺎ‬
‫ا‪k‬ﻓﺮاد ﻣﻦ اﻟ‪,l‬ﻠ‪,hT‬ﻨﻴ‪,‬ﲔ وﻗﺼﺮ اﻻ‪,V‬ﺘ‪,l‬ﺎع ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋ‪,‬ﻠﻰ اﻟﺘ‪,‬ﻨﻤﻴ‪,‬ﺔ اﻟﻌﻤ‪,‬ﺮا‪V‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺔ ا}ﺳﺮا‪m‬ﻴ‪,‬ﻠﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫وﺗ‪T,‬ﺘ‪,‬ﻨﺪ إﺳ‪,‬ﺮا‪m‬ﻴﻞ إﻟﻰ اﻟ‪,‬ﻘﻮا‪,V‬ﲔ اﻟﺘ‪,‬ﻤﻴﻴ‪_,‬ﻳﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻨ‪ z‬ﻏ‪,‬ﻴﺮ ا}ﺳ‪,‬ﺮا‪m‬ﻴ‪,‬ﻠﻴ‪,‬ﲔ ﻣﻦ اﻻ‪V‬ﺘ‪l,‬ﺎع‬
‫ﺑﺎ‪Yk‬ا‪c‬ﻰ اﳌﺼﺎد‪Y‬ة ‪.‬‬

‫وﻳﺒ‪ vj‬ﻫ‪…,‬ا اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟ…‪Y‬ا‪ zm‬اﻟ‪,‬ﺘﻰ ﺗ‪T‬ﺘﻨﺪ إﻟﻴﻬ‪,‬ﺎ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﻫﺪ^ اﳌﻨ‪,‬ﺎ~‪ W‬اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫إﺳﺮا‪,m‬ﻴﻞ واﻵﺛﺎ‪ Y‬اﳌ‪,‬ﺘﺮﺗﺒ‪,‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪,‬ﻴﻬ‪,‬ﺎ ‪ ,‬وﻳﺮ‪ _,t‬ﺑﺼ‪l,‬ﺔ ‪,Z‬ﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟ‪l,‬ﺘ‪,‬ﺮة اﻟﺘ‪,‬ﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟ‪,‬ﻌﻤ‪,‬ﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟ‪ ^qT,,‬اﻟ‪,,‬ﺘﻰ ﺑ‪,,‬ﺪأت ﻓﻰ ﻋ‪,,‬ﺎ^ ‪ . ١‚‚٣‬وﻫ‪,,‬ﻮ ﻳ‪,,‬ﺼ] اﳌ‪,,f,,‬ﻜ‪q,‬ت اﻟ‪,‬ﺘ‪,‬ﻰ ﻳ‪,,‬ﻮاﺟ‪,,‬ﻬ‪,,‬ﻬ‪,‬ﺎ‬
‫اﻟ‪l,‬ﻠ‪,hT,‬ﻴﻨﻴ‪,‬ﻮن ﻣﻦ [ﻴ‪ v‬ا‪,d‬ﺼﻮ‪ W‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗ‪,‬ﺮا‪Z‬ﻴﺺ ‪ ,‬وﻣ‪,‬ﺎ ﻳﺘ‪,‬ﻌﻠ‪ u‬ﺑ‪…,‬ﻟ‪ a‬ﻣﻦ اﻟ‪,T‬ﻴﺎﺳﺎت‬
‫‪108‬‬ ‫‪Translation‬‬

‫ا}ﺳ‪,‬ﺮا‪,m‬ﻴ‪,‬ﻠ‪,‬ﻴ‪,,‬ﺔ اﳋ‪,‬ﺎﺻ‪,‬ﺔ ﺑ‪,‬ﺎ‪Yk‬ا‪c‬ﻰ ‪,{ ,‬ﺎ ﻓ‪,‬ﻰ ‪b‬ﻟ‪ a‬ﺗ‪,‬ﻘ‪,T,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﻤ‪,‬ﻬ‪,,‬ﺎ إﻟﻰ ﻣ‪,‬ﻨ‪,‬ﺎ‪ ui‬ﻣ‪,j,‬ﺪدة ‪,‬‬
‫وﻣﺼﺎد‪Y‬ة ا‪Yk‬ا‪c‬ﻰ ‪ ,‬وإﻗﺎﻣﺔ اﳌ‪T‬ﺘﻮ‪i‬ﻨﺎت ا}ﺳﺮا‪m‬ﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ا‪Yk‬ا‪c‬ﻰ اﶈﺘﻠﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫وﻳ‪,‬ﻘ‪,‬ﺘﺼ‪,‬ﺮ اﻟ‪,‬ﺘﻘ‪,‬ﺮﻳ‪,‬ﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟ‪l,n,‬ﺔ اﻟ‪,o,‬ﺮﺑﻴ‪,‬ﺔ {ﺎ ﻓﻰ ‪b‬ﻟ‪ a‬اﻟ‪,‬ﻘ‪,‬ﺪس اﻟ‪,f‬ﺮﻗ‪,‬ﻴﺔ أى إ‪eV‬‬


‫ﻻﻳ‪,‬ﺘﻨﺎو‪ W‬ﻏ‪_,‬ة ‪ ,‬وﻫﻰ اﻟﺘﻰ ‪y‬ﺘ‪,‬ﻠﻬﺎ إﺳ‪,‬ﺮا‪m‬ﻴﻞ أﻳ‪,n‬ﺎً ﻣﻨ… ﻋ‪,‬ﺎ^ „‪ , ١‚€‬و[ﻴ‪ v‬ﳒﺪ أن‬
‫اﻟ‪T,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺎﺳﺎت اﳌ‪,‬ﺘ‪,‬ﺒﻌ‪,‬ﺔ |‪,‬ﺎﺛﻠ‪,‬ﺔ وإن ا‪Z‬ﺘ‪,‬ﻠ‪l,‬ﺖ اﻟﻘ‪,‬ﻮا‪,V‬ﲔ ﻓﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ا‪,[k‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺎن ‪ .‬وﻻ ﻳﺘ‪,‬ﻌﺮض‬
‫اﻟﺘ‪,‬ﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻟ‪,‬ﻘ‪n‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺔ أ‪Z‬ﺮى ‪ ,‬أو ﻟﻈ‪,‬ﺎﻫﺮة ‪,st‬ﻴﺮاً ﻣﺎ أدا‪,V‬ﺘﻬﺎ ﻣ‪,‬ﻨﻈﻤ‪,‬ﺔ اﻟﻌ‪l‬ﻮ اﻟ‪,‬ﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ,‬وﻫﻰ‬
‫ﻫ‪,‬ﺪ^ اﳌ‪,‬ﻨ‪,,‬ﺎ~‪k W‬ﺳ‪,‬ﺒ‪,‬ﺎب » أﻣ‪,,‬ﻨ‪,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺔ « ‪ -‬وﻫﻰ ﻣﻦ أﺳ‪,‬ﺎﻟ‪,‬ﻴ‪ r,‬اﻟ‪,‬ﻌ‪,‬ﻘ‪,‬ﺎب اﳉ‪,,‬ﻤ‪,‬ﺎﻋﻰ اﻟ‪…,‬ى‬
‫ﺗ‪T‬ﺘﺨﺪﻣ‪ e‬إﺳﺮا‪,m‬ﻴﻞ ‪c‬ﺪ اﻟ‪l‬ﻠ‪hT‬ﻴ‪,‬ﻨﻴﲔ اﻟ…ﻳﻦ ﻳُﺘﻬﻤ‪,‬ﻮن ﺑ‪X‬ﺮا‪m‬ﻢ أﻣﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ,‬ﻫﻢ وأﺳﺮﻫﻢ‪) ,‬‬
‫وﻫ‪,‬ﻮ اﻟ‪…,‬ى ‪,t‬ﺎن ﻳ‪,T,‬ﺘ‪,‬ﺨﺪ^ ﻓﻰ اﻵو‪V‬ﺔ ا‪,Zk‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺮة ﻏ‪,‬ﺎﻟ‪,‬ﺒ‪,‬ﺎً ﳌ‪,‬ﻌ‪,‬ﺎﻗﺒ‪,‬ﺔ أﺳ‪,‬ﺮ اﻟ‪…,‬ﻳﻦ ﻳ‪,‬ﺮﺗ‪,‬ﻜ‪,‬ﺒﻮن‬
‫اﻟﻬ‪X‬ﻤﺎت اﻻ‪V‬ﺘ‪j‬ﺎ‪Y‬ﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻨﺎﺑﻞ ( ‪.‬‬
‫‪Translation‬‬ ‫‪109‬‬

‫‪3. Unit Nine‬‬


‫اﳋﻠ‪l‬ﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺎ‪V‬ﻮ‪V‬ﻴﺔ‬

‫اﻟ‪,‬ﻘ‪,,‬ﺎ‪,V‬ﻮن » اﶈ‪,,‬ﻠﻰ « ﻫ‪,‬ﻮ اﻟ‪,,‬ﻘ‪,‬ﺎ‪,V‬ﻮن ا‪Yk‬د‪,V‬ﻰ ) وﻫ‪,‬ﻮ اﻟ‪…,‬ى ﻳ‪n,,‬ﻢ ﻗ‪,‬ﻮا‪,,V‬ﲔ ﻓ‪,‬ﺘ‪,‬ﺮة‬
‫اﻻ‪,V‬ﺘﺪاب واﻟﻌ‪,‬ﻬﺪ اﻟﻌ‪s,‬ﻤﺎ‪V‬ﻰ اﻟ‪T,‬ﺎﺑﻘ‪,‬ﺔ ( وأﻣﺎ اﻟﻘ‪,‬ﺎ‪V‬ﻮن اﻟﺮ‪m‬ﻴ‪T,‬ﻰ اﻟ…ى ﻳﻬ‪,‬ﻤﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻫ…ا‬
‫اﻟ‪T‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺎ‪ g‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻗ‪,‬ﺎ‪V‬ﻮن اﻟﺘ‪,‬ﻨﻈﻴ‪,‬ﻢ ا‪Yk‬د‪V‬ﻰ ‪Y‬ﻗﻢ ‚„ ﻟﻌﺎ^ ‪ , ١‚€€‬وﻟ‪,‬ﻘﺪ دأﺑﺖ اﻟ‪,T‬ﻠ‪h‬ﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻌ‪T,‬ﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎد إﻟﻰ ﻫ…ا اﻟ‪,‬ﻘﺎ‪V‬ﻮن ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎ‪V‬ﺘﻈﺎ^ ‪ ,‬ﻓﻰ اﺗﺨ‪,‬ﺎ‪ b‬اﻟﻘﺮا‪Y‬ات اﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺨ‪h,‬ﻴﻂ ‪ ,‬ﺳﻮاء ‪t‬ﺎن ‪b‬ﻟ‪ a‬ﻗﺒﻞ » أوﺳﻠﻮ • « )ﻓﻰ ﺷﺘﻰ أ‪Y‬ﺟﺎء اﻟ‪,ln‬ﺔ اﻟ‪o‬ﺮﺑﻴﺔ(‬
‫أو ﺑﻌﺪ » أوﺳﻠﻮ • « ) ﻓﻰ اﳌﻨ‪h‬ﻘﺔ » ﺟﻴﻢ « ( ‪.‬‬

‫و‪t‬ﺎ‪V‬ﺖ ا§ﺎﻟ‪ p‬اﻟ‪,‬ﺒﻠ‪,‬ﺪﻳﺔ ﻫﻰ اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗ‪,‬ﻌﺎﻟ‪ w‬ﻣ‪T,‬ﺎ‪m‬ﻞ اﻟﺘ‪,‬ﺨ‪h‬ﻴ‪,‬ﻂ اﻟﺘ‪,l‬ﺼﻴﻠ‪,‬ﻴﺔ ) وﻟﻮ‬


‫أ‪,V‬ﻬ‪,‬ﺎ ﺗ‪,‬ﺨ‪ zn,‬ﻓﻰ ‪b‬ﻟ‪ a‬ﻟ‪,‬ﻠ‪,‬ﻘ‪,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﻮد اﻟ‪,‬ﺼ‪,,‬ﺎ‪Y‬ﻣ‪,‬ﺔ اﻟ‪,‬ﺘﻰ ﺗ‪,n,‬ﻌ‪,‬ﻬ‪,‬ﺎ دا‪,m‬ﺮة اﻟ‪,‬ﺘ‪,‬ﻨ‪,‬ﻈ‪,‬ﻴﻢ اﳌ‪,‬ﺮ‪_,t‬ﻳ‪,‬ﺔ‬
‫ا}ﺳﺮا‪m‬ﻴ‪,‬ﻠﻴ‪,‬ﺔ ( ﻗﺒﻞ » أوﺳ‪,‬ﻠﻮ • « ﺑﻮﻗﺖ ‪,i‬ﻮﻳﻞ ‪ ,‬وﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻓﺈن ﺗ‪\,‬ﺛﻴ‪,‬ﺮ » أوﺳﻠﻮ • «‬
‫‪t‬ﺎن ﺗﻮﺳﻴ‪ z‬اﻻ‪Z‬ﺘﺼﺎص اﻟ‪l‬ﻠ‪hT‬ﻴﻨﻰ ﺑﺎﳌﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮا‪Z‬ﻴﺺ اﻟﺘﺨ‪h‬ﻴﻂ ﺑ‪j‬ﻴ‪ v‬أﺻﺒﺢ‬
‫ﻳ‪,f‬ﻤﻞ اﳌﻨ‪h‬ﻘ‪,‬ﺘﲔ » أﻟ] « و » ﺑﺎء « ﺑ\‪,t‬ﻤﻠﻬﻤ‪,‬ﺎ ) واﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌ‪,‬ﺘﲔ ﳉﻬﺎ~ ﺗ‪,‬ﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺮ‪_t‬ى‬
‫ﻓ‪,‬ﻠ‪,h,T,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﻨﻰ ( ‪ .‬أﻣ‪,‬ﺎ ﻓﻰ اﳌ‪,‬ﻨ‪,,h,‬ﻘ‪,‬ﺔ » ﺟ‪,‬ﻴﻢ « ‪ ,‬ﻓ‪,‬ﻤ‪,‬ﺎ ﺗ‪_,‬ا‪ W‬دا‪,m‬ﺮة اﻟ‪,,‬ﺘ‪,‬ﻨ‪,‬ﻈ‪,‬ﻴﻢ اﳌ‪,‬ﺮ‪_,t‬ﻳ‪,‬ﺔ‬
‫ا}ﺳﺮا‪m‬ﻴﻠ‪,‬ﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﺑ‪,‬ﻌﺔ ﻟﻠ‪j‬ﻜ‪,‬ﻢ اﻟﻌ‪T‬ﻜﺮى ا}ﺳ‪,‬ﺮا‪m‬ﻴﻠﻰ ﻫﻰ اﳉ‪,‬ﻬﺔ اﻟﻮ[ﻴﺪة اﻟ‪,‬ﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﺼﺪى‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﳉﻤﻴ‪ z‬اﳌ‪T‬ﺎ‪m‬ﻞ اﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺨ‪h‬ﻴﻂ ‪.‬‬
110 Translation
‫‪Translation‬‬ ‫‪111‬‬

‫‪4. Unit Ten‬‬


‫ﻗﺎ‪V‬ﻮن اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ا‪Yk‬د‪V‬ﻰ ‪Y‬ﻗﻢ ‚„ ﻟﻌﺎ^ ‪١‚€€‬‬

‫ﻳﻨﺺ ﻫـ…ا اﻟ‪,‬ﻘﺎ‪V‬ﻮن ﺑﺎ‪Z‬ﺘﺼﺎ‪ Y‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪c‬ﺮو‪Y‬ة إﻋﺪاد ﻣﺨــ‪hh,‬ﺎت اﻟﺘﻨﻤ‪,‬ﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﺮا‪V‬ﻴﺔ‬
‫) إ‪,fV‬ﺎء اﳌﺒ‪,‬ﺎ‪V‬ﻰ ( واﳌﻮاﻓ‪,‬ﻘﺔ ﻋﻠ‪,‬ﻴﻬ‪,‬ﺎ ) و‪,fV‬ﺮ ﺑﻴﺎ‪,V‬ﺎﺗﻬ‪,‬ﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺼ‪ ( ]j,‬وﻳ‪X‬ﻮ~ ‪Y‬ﻓﺾ‬
‫إﺻﺪا‪ Y‬اﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﺢ إ‪b‬ا ‪t‬ﺎن ﻣ‪f‬ﺮوع اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﺮا‪V‬ﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻌﺎ‪Y‬ض ﻣ‪ z‬ﻣﺨ‪h‬ﻂ ﻗﺎ‪m‬ﻢ ‪ ,‬وﻗـﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺘ‪,n‬ﻤﻦ ﻋﻘﻮﺑ‪,‬ﺎت اﻟﺒﻨ‪,‬ﺎء دون ﺗﺮا‪Z‬ﻴﺺ ‪ ,‬ﻓﻰ ا‪d‬ﺎﻻت اﻟ‪,‬ﻘﺼﻮى ‪ ,‬ﻫـﺪ^ اﳌ‪,‬ﺒﻨﻰ ‪t .‬ﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺺ اﻟ‪,‬ﻘﺎ‪V‬ﻮن ﻋ‪,‬ﻠﻰ أن ﻳﺘﻮﻟﻰ ﻣ‪X,‬ﻠ‪ p‬اﻟ‪,‬ﺘﻨﻈ‪,‬ﻴﻢ ا‪k‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ,‬اﻟ…ى ﻳ‪T,‬ﺘﺮﺷ‪,‬ﺪ ﺑﺂ‪Y‬اء دا‪m‬ﺮة‬
‫اﻟ‪,‬ﺘﻨ‪,‬ﻈﻴﻢ اﳌ‪,‬ﺮ‪_t‬ﻳﺔ ‪ ,‬إﻋ‪,‬ﺪاد ا‪h,h£‬ﺎت » ا}ﻗ‪,‬ﻠﻴ‪,‬ﻤﻴ‪,‬ﺔ « واﳌﻮاﻓ‪,‬ﻘﺔ ﻋ‪,‬ﻠﻴ‪,‬ﻬﺎ ‪ ,‬وﻋﻠﻰ أن‬
‫ﺗ‪,‬ﺘﻮﻟﻰ اﻟ‪,‬ﻬ‪,‬ﻴﺌ‪,‬ﺎت اﶈ‪,‬ﻠﻴ‪,‬ﺔ ) اﻟ‪,‬ﺒﻠ‪,‬ﺪﻳ‪,‬ﺎت أو ا§ﻤ‪,‬ﻮﻋ‪,‬ﺎت اﻟﻘ‪,‬ﺮوﻳ‪,‬ﺔ ( إﻋﺪاد » اﳋ‪h,‬ﻮط‬
‫اﻟ‪,‬ﻌﺮﻳ‪,n‬ﺔ « ﻟﻠﻤ‪,‬ﺨ‪,hh‬ﺎت ﺑﻞ واﳋ‪h‬ﻂ » اﻟﺘ‪l,‬ﺼﻴ‪,‬ﻠﻴﺔ « ﺗ‪,‬ﻤﻬﻴ‪,‬ﺪاً ﻟﻠﻤ‪,‬ﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻋ‪,‬ﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣ‪X‬ﻠ‪ p‬اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ا‪k‬ﻋﻠﻰ وﻣ‪X‬ﺎﻟ‪ p‬ا‪[k‬ﻴﺎء ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴ‪. r‬‬
‫وﻗ‪,,‬ﺪ ﺻ‪,‬ﺪ‪Y‬ت اﻟ‪,‬ﺘ‪,f,‬ﺮﻳ‪,‬ﻌ‪,‬ﺎت إﺑّ‪,‬ﺎن اﻻ[‪,‬ﺘ‪ Wq‬ﻓﻰ ﺻ‪,‬ﻮ‪Y‬ة أواﻣ‪,‬ﺮ ﻋ‪,T,‬ﻜ‪,‬ﺮﻳ‪,‬ﺔ وﻟ‪,‬ﻮا‪m‬ﺢ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈ‪,‬ﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻻ [‪,‬ﺼﺮ ﻟﻬ‪,‬ﺎ ‪ ,‬أﺻﺪ‪Y‬ﻫﺎ اﻟ‪,‬ﻘﺎ‪m‬ﺪ اﻟ‪,‬ﻌ‪T‬ﻜﺮى ﻟ‪,‬ﻠ‪,ln‬ﺔ اﻟ‪o‬ﺮﺑ‪,‬ﻴﺔ ‪ ,‬وﻟﻜﻦ ﻫ…ه ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺗ\ﺛﻴﺮ ‪ ,‬ﻓﻰ اﻟ‪o‬ﺎﻟ‪ r‬ا‪k‬ﻋﻢ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻨ… » أوﺳﻠﻮ • « ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻨ‪h‬ﻘﺘﲔ » أﻟ] « و‬
‫» ﺑﺎء « ‪ ,‬وﻓﻰ ﻋﺎ^ ‪ 1971‬أﺻ‪,‬ﺪ‪Y‬ت اﻟ‪T‬ﻠ‪h‬ﺎت ا}ﺳ‪,‬ﺮا‪m‬ﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺗ‪,‬ﻌﺪﻳ‪ ًq‬ﻟﻠﻘﺎ‪V‬ﻮن ‚„‬
‫{ﻮﺟ‪ r‬ا‪k‬ﻣﺮ اﻟﻌ‪T‬ﻜ‪,‬ﺮى ‪ ٤١ƒ‬اﻟ…ى ﻳﻘ‪n‬ﻰ ﺑ\ن ﻳﺘﻮﻟﻰ ﻣ‪,X‬ﻠ‪ p‬اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ا‪k‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟ…ى‬
‫ﻳﻌﻴ‪,‬ﻨ‪ e‬اﻟﻘﺎ‪m‬ﺪ اﻟﻌ‪,T‬ﻜﺮى إﺻﺪا‪ Y‬ﺟﻤﻴ‪ z‬اﻟﻘ‪,‬ﺮا‪Y‬ات اﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﺑ‪\f‬ن اﻟ‪,‬ﺘﺮا‪Z‬ﻴﺺ وا‪hh£‬ﺎت‬
‫‪,t ,‬ﻤﺎ ﻳ‪,T‬ﻤﺢ ا‪k‬ﻣﺮ اﻟﻌ‪,T‬ﻜﺮى ‪ ٤١ƒ‬ﻟﻬ…ا ا§‪,‬ﻠ‪ p‬ﺑﺈﻋﺪاد أو ﲡ‪,‬ﺎﻫﻞ أو اﻟﺘﺨﻠﻰ ﻋﻦ‬
‫‪c‬ﺮو‪Y‬ة وﺟ‪,‬ﻮد أى ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ‪ .‬و‪t‬ﺎن ﻣ‪,‬ﻌﻈﻢ أﻋ‪n‬ﺎء ﻣ‪X,‬ﻠ‪ p‬اﻟﺘﻨﻈ‪,‬ﻴﻢ ا‪k‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ‪c‬ﺒﺎط‬
‫اﳉﻴﺶ ‪ ,‬و‪t‬ﺎ‪V‬ﻮا وﻣ‪,‬ﺎﻳ_اﻟﻮن ﺟ‪,‬ﻤﻴﻌﺎً ﻣﻦ اﳌ‪,‬ﻮا‪i‬ﻨﲔ ا}ﺳ‪,‬ﺮا‪m‬ﻴﻠﻴ‪,‬ﲔ‪ .‬وﻫﻜ…ا ﻓ‪,‬ﻘﺪ أﺗﻴ‪j‬ﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻠ‪T‬ﻠ‪h,‬ﺎت اﻟﻌ‪T,‬ﻜﺮﻳﺔ وﺳ‪,‬ﻴﻠﺔ ﺗ‪X,f‬ﻴ‪ z‬إ‪fV‬ﺎء اﳌ‪T,‬ﺘﻮ‪,i‬ﻨﺎت ا}ﺳﺮا‪m‬ﻴ‪,‬ﻠﻴﺔ وﺗﻮﺳ‪,‬ﻴﻌﻬﺎ ‪,‬‬
‫ووﺳ‪,‬ﻴﻠﺔ ﻣ‪,‬ﻨ‪ z‬اﻟﺘ‪,‬ﻨﻤﻴ‪,‬ﺔ اﻟﻌ‪,‬ﻤﺮا‪V‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺔ ﻟﻠ‪l,‬ﻠ‪h,T‬ﻴ‪,‬ﻨﻴﲔ ﻋﻦ ‪,i‬ﺮﻳ‪Y u‬ﻓﺾ إﺻﺪا‪ Y‬اﻟ‪,‬ﺘﺼﺮﻳﺢ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺑﺼ‪,‬ﻮ‪Y‬ة ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ‪ ,‬وﻫﺪ^ اﳌﻨﺎ~‪ W‬اﻟ‪,l‬ﻠ‪hT‬ﻴﻨﻴﺔ اﳌﻨ‪\,f‬ة دون ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ‪ ,‬ﻣ‪ z‬اﻟﺘﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺑ\‪V‬ﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻠﺘ_^ ﻓﻰ ‪b‬ﻟ‪ a‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎ‪V‬ﻮن ا‪Yk‬د‪V‬ﻰ اﳌﻌﺪّ‪. W‬‬
112 Translation
‫‪Translation‬‬ ‫‪113‬‬

‫‪5. Unit Eleven‬‬


‫ﻫﺪ^ اﳌﻨﺎ~‪ W‬ﻓﻰ اﻟ‪ln‬ﺔ اﻟ‪o‬ﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫‪c‬ﺮو‪Y‬ة اﺳﺘﺨﺮا‪ZY U‬ﺺ اﻟﺒﻨﺎء ‪:‬‬

‫‪t‬ﺎ‪V‬ﺖ ا‪X,d‬ﺔ اﻟ‪,‬ﻘﺎ‪V‬ﻮ‪,V‬ﻴﺔ اﳌ‪T,‬ﺘﺨ‪,‬ﺪﻣﺔ ﻟ‪,‬ﻬﺪ^ اﳌﻨ‪,‬ﺎ~‪ , W‬وﻣﺎ ﺗ‪_,‬ا‪ , W‬ﻫﻰ إ[ﻜﺎ^ اﻟ‪,‬ﺮﻗﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟ‪,‬ﺘﻨﻤ‪,‬ﻴﺔ اﻟﻌ‪,‬ﻤﺮا‪,V‬ﻴﺔ اﳌﻨ‪,‬ﺼﻮص ﻋﻠ‪,‬ﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻗﺎ‪,V‬ﻮن اﻟﺘﻨ‪,‬ﻈﻴﻢ ا‪Yk‬د‪V‬ﻰ اﳌ‪,‬ﻌﺪ‪ . W‬وﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫اﻟ‪,T‬ﻠ‪,h‬ﺎت ﻻ ﺗﻜ‪,‬ﺎد ﺗ‪,T‬ﻤﺢ ﺑ\ﻳ‪,‬ﺔ ﻓﺮﺻ‪,‬ﺔ ﺗﻘ‪,‬ﺮﻳﺒ‪,‬ﺎً ﻟﻠ‪,‬ﺘﻨ‪,‬ﻤﻴ‪,‬ﺔ اﻟﻌ‪,‬ﻤﺮا‪,V‬ﻴﺔ اﳌ‪f,‬ﺮوﻋ‪,‬ﺔ ‪ ,‬و‪t‬ﺎ‪V‬ﺖ‬
‫اﻟﻨ‪,‬ﺘﻴ‪X,‬ﺔ ﻫﻰ ﻫ‪,‬ﺪ^ اﳌﻨ‪,‬ﺎ~‪ W‬اﻟﺘﻰ اﺳ‪,‬ﺘﻌ‪,‬ﺼﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺻ‪j,‬ﺎﺑ‪,‬ﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟ‪l,‬ﻠ‪,hT,‬ﻴﻨ‪,‬ﻴﲔ اﺳ‪,‬ﺘﺨﺮا‪U‬‬
‫ﺗﺮا‪Z‬ﻴﺺ ﺑ‪,‬ﻨﺎء ﻓ\ﻗﺎﻣﻮﻫﺎ دون ﺗ‪,‬ﺮ‪Z‬ﻴﺺ ‪ .‬واﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ أن اﻟﻬﺪف ﻫ‪,‬ﻮ ﻗﺼﺮ اﻟﺘﻨﻤ‪,‬ﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﺮا‪V‬ﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠ‪,l‬ﻠ‪hT‬ﻴ‪,‬ﻨﻴﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺎ‪ ui‬اﳌ‪,‬ﺪن اﻟﻘﺎ‪m‬ﻤ‪,‬ﺔ ‪ ,‬ﺑ‪o‬ﻴﺔ اﻻ[‪,‬ﺘ‪l‬ﺎظ ﺑ\‪,t‬ﺒﺮ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ |‪,‬ﻜﻨﺔ ﳌﺼﺎد‪Y‬ة‬
‫ا‪Yk‬ا‪c‬ﻰ واﻻﺳﺘﻴ‪h‬ﺎن اﻟﻴﻬﻮدى ‪.‬‬

‫وﻟﻢ ﺗﺘ‪o‬ﻴﺮ ا}ﺟ‪,‬ﺮاءات اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗ‪h‬ﺒ‪,‬ﻘﻬﺎ ا‪d‬ﻜﻮﻣ‪,‬ﺔ اﻟﻌ‪T‬ﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻨﺢ ﺗﺮا‪Z‬ﻴﺺ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎء اﳌ‪T‬ﺎ‪t‬ﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪى ﻋ‪f‬ﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻨ‪,‬ﺔ ‪ ,‬ﻓﻬﻰ ﻣﺮ‪_t‬ﻳﺔ وﻣﻌﻘﺪة وﻣ‪h‬ﻮﻟﺔ وﺑﺎﻫﻈﺔ اﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴ]‬
‫‪ .‬وﻟﻢ ﺗ‪,‬ﺼﺪ‪ Y‬اﻟ‪,T,‬ﻠ‪,h‬ﺎت أﻳ‪,‬ﺔ إ‪Y‬ﺷﺎدات ﺑ‪\f,‬ن ﻫ‪…,‬ه ا}ﺟ‪,‬ﺮاءات ‪ ,‬وﻫﻰ ﻻ ﺗﻨ‪,f,‬ﺮ ﺗ‪,f‬ﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﳉﻨﺔ ﻣ‪X‬ﻠ‪ p‬اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ا‪k‬ﻋﻠﻰ وﻻ ﺟﺪو‪ W‬أﻋﻤﺎﻟ‪ , e‬وﻻ ﻣ‪j‬ﺎ‪c‬ﺮ ﺟﻠ‪T‬ﺎﺗ‪. e‬‬

‫ﻓ‪l‬ﻰ أوا‪m‬ﻞ اﻟ‪,‬ﺘ‪,T‬ﻌﻴ‪,‬ﻨﻴ‪,‬ﺎت ﻗﺎ^ أ[‪,‬ﺪ اﳌﻬﻨ‪,‬ﺪﺳﲔ ﻓﻰ دا‪,m‬ﺮة اﻟﺘ‪,‬ﻨﻈ‪,‬ﻴﻢ اﳌ‪,‬ﺮ‪_t‬ﻳ‪,‬ﺔ ﺑﺈﻋﺪاد‬
‫ا‪,h,h,£‬ﺎت اﳋ‪,‬ﺎﺻﺔ ﺑ‪,‬ﻨ‪,j,‬ﻮ ‪ ٤٠٠‬ﺑ‪,‬ﻠ‪,‬ﺪة وﻗ‪,‬ﺮﻳ‪,‬ﺔ ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻰ وﺟ‪ e,‬اﻟ‪,T‬ﺮﻋ‪,‬ﺔ ‪ ,‬وأودﻋ‪,‬ﻬ‪,‬ﺎ وﺗﻤﺖ‬
‫اﳌ‪,‬ﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻴ‪,‬ﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺘ‪,‬ﺒﺎ‪Y‬ﻫﺎ ﻣﺨ‪h,h‬ﺎت » ﺟ_‪m‬ﻴﺔ « {‪,‬ﻮﺟ‪ r‬اﻟﻘﺎ‪V‬ﻮن ‪Y‬ﻗﻢ ‚„ ) ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻏﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ أن ‪b‬ﻟ‪ a‬اﻟ‪,‬ﻘﺎ‪V‬ﻮن ﻻ ﻳ‪f‬ﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ أﻳﺔ ﻣ‪,‬ﺨ‪hh‬ﺎت » ﺟ_‪m‬ﻴﺔ « ( وﺗ‪,‬ﺘﻜﻮن ﻫ…ه ا‪hh£‬ﺎت‬
‫ﻣﻦ إﺷ‪,‬ﺎ‪Y‬ات ﻏ‪,‬ﻴﺮ دﻗ‪,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﻘـ‪,‬ﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟ‪,‬ﺼـ‪,‬ﻮ‪ Y‬اﳌ‪,‬ﻠﺘ‪,‬ﻘ‪,h,‬ﺔ ﻣﻦ اﳉـﻮ إﻟﻰ ا‪d‬ـ‪,‬ﺪود ) اﳋ‪,‬ﺎ‪Y‬ﺟ‪,‬ﻴﺔ (‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴ‪,‬ﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﺮا‪V‬ﻴﺔ اﳌ‪,T‬ﻤﻮ‪ x‬ﺑﻬﺎ ‪ ) ,‬وﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻳُ‪f‬ﺎ‪ Y‬إﻟﻴ‪,‬ﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ا‪hh£‬ﺎت ا‪d‬ﺪودﻳﺔ ( ‪.‬‬
‫وﺗﻮﺟﺪ دا‪Z‬ﻞ ا‪d‬ﺪود ﻣﻌﻈﻢ اﻟﻘﺮى اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ‪ ,‬ﻻ ﺟ‪,‬ﻤﻴ‪ z‬اﻟﻘﺮى اﻟﻘﺎ‪m‬ﻤﺔ ‪ ,‬ﺑ‪j‬ﻴ‪ v‬ﻻ ﺗ‪T‬ﻤﺢ‬
‫إﻻ {ﻞء اﻟ‪,l‬ﺮاﻏﺎت ) أى ﻣﻞء اﻟ‪,Xl,‬ﻮات اﻟﺼ‪,o,‬ﻴﺮة اﳌ‪,‬ﻮﺟﻮدة ﺑ‪,‬ﲔ اﳌ‪,‬ﺒﺎ‪V‬ﻰ اﻟ‪,‬ﻘﺎ‪,m‬ﻤﺔ ( وﻻ‬
‫‪114‬‬ ‫‪Translation‬‬

‫ﺗ‪,‬ﺘ‪n‬ﻤﻦ أﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﺘﺮ[‪,‬ﺎت ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ‪ .‬وﺗ‪,f‬ﺒ‪ e‬ﻫـ…ه ا‪d‬ـﺪود ‪ ,‬وإن ‪t‬ﺎ‪V‬ﺖ ﻻ ﺗ‪h‬ﺎﺑ‪ » , u‬اﳉـ_ء‬
‫« اﻟ‪,‬ﺘﻰ ﺳ‪,‬ﺒ‪,tb u‬ﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻰ اﳌ‪,‬ﻨ‪,h‬ﻘـ‪,‬ﺔ » ﺑ‪,‬ﺎء « واﻟ‪,‬ﺘﻰ [ُ‪,‬ﺪدت ﻓﻰ وﻗﺖ ﻻ[‪,{ u‬ﻮﺟ‪» r‬‬
‫أوﺳﻠﻮ • « ‪.‬‬
‫أﺳﺒﺎب ‪Y‬ﻓﺾ إﺻﺪا‪ Y‬اﻟﺘﺮا‪Z‬ﻴﺺ ﻟﻠ‪l‬ﻠ‪hT‬ﻴﻨﻴﲔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﺪ^ [ﻴ‪s,‬ﻴﺎت ‪Y‬ﻓﺾ اﻟ‪,‬ﺘﺮ‪Z‬ﻴﺺ ﺑﺒ‪,‬ﻨﺎء ﻣﻨ_‪ W‬ﺑ‪,‬ﻌﺪ أن ﻳ‪n,j‬ﺮ أ[ﺪ اﶈﺎﻣ‪,‬ﲔ ﺟﻠ‪T‬ﺔ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف ‪ ,‬و‪t‬ﺎ‪V‬ﺖ أﺳ‪,‬ﺒﺎب اﻟﺮﻓﺾ اﻟﺘﻰ ﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪى اﻟ‪T‬ﻨﻮات اﻟ‪,‬ﻌ‪f‬ﺮ ا‪Zk‬ﻴﺮة‬
‫ﺗﻨ‪j‬ﺼﺮ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺎً ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ ‪:‬‬

‫)‪t (١‬ﻮن اﳌﻨ‪h‬ﻘﺔ ~‪Y‬اﻋﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫)•( اﻟ‪,n,‬ﻴ‪ u‬اﻟ‪,f,‬ﺪﻳ‪,‬ﺪ ﻟ‪,‬ﻘ‪,h,‬ﻌ‪,‬ﺔ ا‪Yk‬ض ‪,c /‬ﺂﻟ‪,‬ﺔ اﻟ‪,l,‬ﺎﺻﻞ ﺑ‪,‬ﲔ اﳌ‪,‬ﺒﻨ‪,‬ﻰ وا‪d‬ﺪ اﳋ‪,‬ﺎ‪Y‬ﺟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻸ‪Y‬ض ‪ /‬ﺷﺪة اﻟﻜ‪s‬ﺎﻓﺔ اﻟ‪T‬ﻜﺎ‪V‬ﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (٣‬وﺟﻮد أ‪st‬ﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗ‪h‬ﻌﺔ ا‪Yk‬ض ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (٤‬أدﻟﺔ اﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ‪t‬ﺎﻓﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬


‫)•( ‪c‬ﺮو‪Y‬ة اﺳﺘﺨﺪا^ ﻫ…ه ا‪Yk‬ض ﻓﻰ ﺷ‪i u‬ﺮﻳ‪ u‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪Translation‬‬ ‫‪115‬‬

‫‪6. Unit Twelve‬‬


‫اﳌﻮاﺛﻴ‪ u‬اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫إن إﻗ‪,‬ﺪا^ إﺳ‪,,‬ﺮا‪,m‬ﻴﻞ ﻋ‪,‬ﻠﻰ ﻫ‪,‬ﺪ^ اﳌ‪,‬ﻨ‪,‬ﺎ~‪ W‬وﻣ‪,,‬ﺼ‪,‬ﺎد‪Y‬ة ا‪Yk‬ا‪c‬ﻰ وو‪ zc‬ﻣ‪,,‬ﺨ‪,h,h,‬ﺎت‬
‫اﻟ‪,‬ﺘﻨ‪,‬ﻈﻴﻢ اﳌ‪,‬ﻨ‪,j‬ﺎ~ة ‪c‬ﺪ اﻟ‪T,‬ﻜ‪,‬ﺎن اﻟ‪,l‬ﻠ‪h,T‬ﻴ‪,‬ﻨﻴ‪,‬ﲔ ‪ ,‬ﳝ‪s‬ﻞ ا‪,V‬ﺘﻬ‪,‬ﺎ‪t‬ﺎً ﻟ‪,‬ﻠﻤ‪,‬ﻮاﺛﻴ‪ u‬ا}‪T,V‬ﺎ‪,V‬ﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟ‪,‬ﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ,‬وﻣ‪,‬ﻮاﺛﻴ‪[ u‬ﻘ‪,‬ﻮ‪ g‬ا}‪TV‬ﺎن اﻟ‪,‬ﺪوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟ‪,‬ﺘﻰ ﺗﻌﻬ‪,‬ﺪت اﻟــﺪوﻟﺔ ‪Y‬ﺳ‪,‬ﻤـﻴﺎً ﺑ‪\,‬ن ﺗﻠﺘ_^‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻘﺎ‪V‬ﻮن اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ ‪d‬ﻘﻮ‪ g‬ا}‪TV‬ﺎن ‪:‬‬

‫ﺻ‪,‬ﺎدﻗﺖ إﺳﺮا‪,m‬ﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌ‪,‬ﻮاﺛﻴ‪ u,‬اﻟﺪوﻟ‪,‬ﻴﺔ ‪,d‬ﻘﻮ‪ g‬ا}‪,T,V‬ﺎن اﻟﺘﻰ و‪,c‬ﻌﺘ‪,‬ﻬﺎ ا‪k‬ﱈ‬
‫اﳌﺘ‪,j‬ﺪة ‪ ,‬وﻣﻨﻬﺎ » اﻟﻌﻬ‪,‬ﺪ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ اﳋﺎص ﺑﺎ‪d‬ﻘ‪,‬ﻮ‪ g‬اﻟ‪T‬ﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ واﳌ‪,‬ﺪ‪V‬ﻴﺔ « ‪ ,‬و» اﻟﻌﻬﺪ‬
‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ اﳋﺎص ﺑ‪,‬ﺎ‪d‬ﻘﻮ‪ g‬اﻻﻗﺘﺼ‪,‬ﺎدﻳﺔ واﻻﺟﺘﻤ‪,‬ﺎﻋﻴﺔ واﻟ‪s‬ﻘ‪,‬ﺎﻓﻴﺔ « ‪ ,‬و‪t‬ﺎ‪V‬ﺖ ﻣ‪,‬ﺼﺎدﻗﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋ‪,‬ﻠ‪,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﻬ‪,‬ﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻋ‪,‬ﺎ^ ‪ , ١‚‚١‬ﺑ‪,‬ﻌ‪,‬ﺪ أن ‪t‬ﺎ‪V‬ﺖ ﻗ‪,‬ﺪ ﺻ‪,‬ﺎدﻗﺖ ﻋ‪,‬ﻠﻰ » اﻻﺗ‪,l,‬ﺎﻗﻴ‪,‬ﺔ اﻟ‪,‬ﺪوﻟ‪,‬ﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠ‪,‬ﻘ‪,n,‬ﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟ‪,‬ﻤﻴ‪ z‬أﺷ‪,‬ﻜ‪,‬ﺎ‪ W‬اﻟﺘ‪,‬ﻤ‪,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﻴ_ اﻟ‪,‬ﻌ‪,‬ﻨﺼ‪,‬ﺮى « ﻓﻰ ﻋ‪,‬ﺎ^ ‚„‚‪ , ١‬وﻫﻮ ﻳ‪,j,‬ﻈﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴ_ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺻﻮ‪Y‬ه ﻓﻰ |ﺎ‪Y‬ﺳﺔ ﺟﻤﻴ‪ z‬ا‪d‬ﻘﻮ‪{ , g‬ﺎ ﻓﻰ ‪b‬ﻟ‪ u[ a‬ا}ﺳﻜﺎن ‪.‬‬

‫وواﺟ‪ r‬اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ ا‪k‬ﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻓﻰ ‪lt‬ﺎﻟﺔ ا‪d‬ﻘﻮ‪ g‬دون ﺗﻤ‪,‬ﻴﻴ_ ﻣﻨﺼﻮص ﻋﻠﻴ‪ e‬ﻓﻰ اﳌﺎدة‬
‫• )‪ (١‬ﻣﻦ » اﻟﻌ‪,‬ﻬﺪ اﻟ‪,‬ﺪوﻟﻰ اﳋﺎص ﺑ‪,‬ﺎ‪d‬ﻘ‪,‬ﻮ‪ g‬اﻟ‪,T‬ﻴﺎﺳ‪,‬ﻴﺔ واﳌ‪,‬ﺪ‪V‬ﻴﺔ « ‪,[ ,‬ﻴ‪ v‬ﺗﻘ‪n‬ﻰ‬
‫ﺑ\ن ‪:‬‬
‫» ﺗﺘﻌﻬﺪ ‪t‬ﻞ دوﻟﺔ ‪i‬ﺮف ﻓﻰ ﻫ…ا اﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺑﺎ[ﺘﺮا^ ا‪d‬ﻘﻮ‪ g‬اﳌﺘﻌﺎ‪Y‬ف‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻴ‪ , e‬وﺑ‪,‬ﻜ‪l‬ﺎﻟﺔ ﻫ‪…,‬ه ا‪d‬ﻘﻮ‪ g‬ﳉﻤ‪,‬ﻴ‪ z‬ا‪k‬ﻓﺮاد اﳌﻮﺟﻮدﻳﻦ ﻓﻰ إﻗﻠ‪,‬ﻴﻤﻬﺎ‬
‫واﻟﺪا‪,Z‬ﻠﲔ ﻓﻰ وﻻﻳ‪,‬ﺘﻬ‪,‬ﺎ ‪ ,‬دون أى ﺗ‪,‬ﻤ‪,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﻴ‪ _,‬ﺑ‪,T‬ﺒ‪ r‬اﻟ‪,‬ﻌ‪,‬ﺮ‪ g‬أو اﻟ‪,‬ﻠﻮن أو‬
‫اﳉ‪,‬ﻨ‪ p‬أو اﻟ‪,‬ﻠ‪o,‬ـ‪,‬ﺔ أو اﻟ‪,‬ﺪﻳﻦ أو اﻟ‪,‬ﺮأى ﺳ‪,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺎﺳ‪,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺎً أو ﻏ‪,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺮ ﺳﻴ‪,‬ﺎﺳﻰ ‪ ,‬أو‬
‫ا‪k‬ﺻﻞ اﻟ‪,‬ﻘ‪,‬ﻮﻣﻰ أو اﻻﺟ‪,‬ﺘﻤ‪,‬ﺎﻋﻰ أو اﻟ‪s,‬ﺮوة أو اﻟ‪,‬ﻨ‪ rT,‬أو ﻏ‪,‬ﻴﺮ ‪b‬ﻟ‪ a‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ا‪k‬ﺳﺒﺎب «‪.‬‬
‫‪116‬‬ ‫‪Translation‬‬

‫وﺗ‪,‬ﻌ‪,‬ﺒ‪,‬ﺮ اﳌ‪,‬ﺎدة ‪ •€‬ﻣﻦ اﻟ‪,‬ﻌ‪,‬ﻬﺪ ‪ eT,l,V‬ﻋﻦ ‪b‬ﻟ‪ a‬ا‪ ud‬ﻓﻰ اﳌ‪T,‬ﺎواة ‪ ,‬وﻓﻰ اﻟ‪,‬ﺘ‪,‬ﻤﺘ‪z‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ‪d‬ﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس اﳌ‪T‬ﺎواة ‪[ ,‬ﻴ‪ v‬ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ أن ‪:‬‬

‫» اﻟﻨ‪,‬ﺎس ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎً ﺳ‪,‬ﻮاء أﻣﺎ^ اﻟﻘﺎ‪,V‬ﻮن ‪ ,‬وﻳﺘﻤﺘﻌ‪,‬ﻮن دون أى ﺗﻤﻴﻴ_‬


‫ﺑ‪ uj‬ﻣﺘ‪T‬ﺎو ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻤﺘ‪ z‬ﺑ‪j‬ﻤﺎﻳﺘ‪ , e‬وﻓﻰ ﻫ…ا اﻟﺼﺪد ‪ ,‬ﻳ‪ rX‬أن ﻳ‪j‬ﻈﺮ‬
‫اﻟ‪,‬ﻘﺎ‪,V‬ﻮن أى ﺗ‪,‬ﻤﻴ‪,‬ﻴ_ وأن ﻳ‪,‬ﻜ‪l‬ﻞ ﳉ‪,‬ﻤﻴ‪ z‬ا‪k‬ﺷ‪,‬ﺨﺎص ﻋ‪,‬ﻠﻰ اﻟ‪,T‬ﻮاء [ﻤ‪,‬ﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴ_ ‪k‬ى ﺳﺒ‪t , r‬ﺎﻟﻌﺮ‪ g‬أو اﻟﻠﻮن أو اﳉﻨ‪ p‬أو اﻟﻠ‪o‬ـﺔ أو‬
‫اﻟ‪,,‬ﺪﻳﻦ أو اﻟ‪,,‬ﺮأى ﺳ‪,‬ﻴ‪,,‬ﺎﺳ‪,,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺎً أو ﻏ‪,,‬ﻴ‪,,‬ﺮ ﺳ‪,‬ﻴ‪,,‬ﺎﺳﻰ أو ا‪k‬ﺻـﻞ اﻟ‪,,‬ﻘ‪,‬ﻮﻣﻰ أو‬
‫اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ‪ ,‬أو اﻟ‪s‬ﺮوة أو اﻟﻨ‪ , rT‬أو ﻏﻴﺮ ‪b‬ﻟ‪ a‬ﻣﻦ ا‪k‬ﺳﺒﺎب « ‪.‬‬

‫وﻳ‪T‬ﻤﺢ اﻟ‪,‬ﻌﻬﺪ ﻓﻰ اﳌ‪,‬ﺎدة ‪ (١) ٤‬ﻟﻠ‪,‬ﺪو‪ W‬ﺑﻌﺪ^ اﻟ‪,‬ﺘﻘ‪,‬ﻴﺪ ﺑ‪,‬ﺒﻌﺾ اﳌ‪,‬ﻮاد اﻟﻮا‪Y‬دة ﻓﻴ‪e‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ أوﻗﺎت اﻟ‪h‬ﻮا‪Y‬ئ اﻟﻌ‪,‬ﺎﻣﺔ ‪ » ,‬ﺷﺮﻳ‪h‬ﺔ ﻋﺪ^ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺎة ﻫ…ه اﻟﺘﺪاﺑﻴﺮ ﻟ‪q‬ﻟﺘ_اﻣﺎت ا‪Zk‬ﺮى‬
‫اﳌ‪,‬ﺘﺮﺗ‪,‬ﺒﺔ ﻋ‪,‬ﻠﻴ‪,‬ﻬ‪,‬ﺎ {ﻘ‪,‬ﺘ‪n‬ﻰ اﻟ‪,‬ﻘﺎ‪,V‬ﻮن اﻟ‪,‬ﺪوﻟﻰ وﻋﺪ^ ا‪h,V‬ﻮا‪,m‬ﻬﺎ ﻋ‪,‬ﻠﻰ ﺗ‪,‬ﻤﻴ‪,‬ﻴ_ ﻳ‪,‬ﻜﻮن ﻣ‪,‬ﺒﺮ‪Y‬ه‬
‫اﻟﻮ[‪,‬ﻴﺪ ﻫﻮ اﻟﻌ‪,‬ﺮ‪ g‬أو اﻟﻠﻮن أو اﳉ‪,‬ﻨ‪ p‬أو اﻟﻠ‪o‬ﺔ أو اﻟ‪,‬ﺪﻳﻦ أو ا‪k‬ﺻﻞ اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ « ‪.‬‬
‫وﻫﻜ…ا ﻓﺈن ﻣﺒﺪأ ﻋﺪ^ اﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴ_ ﻣﻦ اﳌﺒﺎدئ اﻟﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳ‪X‬ﻮ~ ﻋﺪ^ اﻟﺘﻘﻴﺪ ﺑﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪Translation‬‬ ‫‪117‬‬

‫‪7. Unit Thirteen‬‬


‫ﻣ‪[q‬ﻈﺎت اﻟﻠ‪X‬ﻨﺔ اﳌﻌﻨﻴﺔ ﺑ‪j‬ﻘﻮ‪ g‬ا}‪TV‬ﺎن‬

‫وﻋ‪,‬ﻨ‪,‬ﺪﻣﺎ ا‪,V‬ﺘ‪,‬ﻬﺖ اﻟﻠ‪,X,‬ﻨﺔ اﳌ‪,‬ﻌ‪,‬ﻨ‪,‬ﻴﺔ ﺑ‪,j,‬ﻘﻮ‪ g‬ا}‪,T,V‬ﺎن ﻟﻸﱈ اﳌ‪,‬ﺘ‪,j‬ﺪة ﻣﻦ اﻟ‪jl,‬ﺺ‬


‫ا‪k‬وﻟﻰ اﻟ…ى ﻗﺪﻣﺘ‪ e‬إﺳ‪,‬ﺮا‪m‬ﻴﻞ ﺑﺨﺼﻮص ﺗﻨ‪,l‬ﻴ…ﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻬﺪ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ اﳌ…‪t‬ﻮ‪ , Y‬ﻓﻰ ﻳﻮﻟﻴﻮ‬
‫‪ /‬ﺗﻤﻮ~ ‪tb , ١‚‚ƒ‬ﺮت ﻓﻰ ﺑﻴﺎ‪V‬ﻬﺎ اﳋﺘﺎﻣﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ ‪:‬‬

‫» ﺗ‪,‬ﻌ‪,‬ﺮب اﻟ‪,‬ﻠ‪X,‬ﻨ‪,‬ﺔ ﻋﻦ أﺳ‪,l,‬ﻬ‪,‬ﺎ ﻻﺳ‪,‬ﺘ‪,‬ﺨﺪا^ ﻫ‪,‬ﺪ^ اﳌ‪,‬ﻨ‪,‬ﺎ~‪ W‬اﻟ‪,‬ﻌ‪,‬ﺮﺑ‪,‬ﻴﺔ‬


‫‪t‬ﻮﺳﻴ‪,‬ﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌ‪,‬ﻘﺎب ‪t ,‬ﻤﺎ ﺗ‪,‬ﻌﺮب ﻋﻦ أﺳ‪l‬ﻬ‪,‬ﺎ ﳌﻤﺎ‪Y‬ﺳﺔ ا}~اﻟ‪,‬ﺔ اﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ أو‬
‫اﳉ‪,m_,‬ﻴﺔ ﻟ‪,‬ﻠ‪,‬ﻤ‪,‬ﻨﺎ~‪ W‬اﻟ‪,‬ﻌ‪,‬ﺮﺑﻴ‪,‬ﺔ اﻟ‪,‬ﺘﻰ ﺑ‪,‬ﻨ‪,‬ﻴﺖ ﺑﺼ‪,‬ﻮ‪Y‬ة » ﻏ‪,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺮ ﻗﺎ‪,V‬ﻮ‪,V‬ﻴﺔ « ‪,‬‬
‫وﺗ‪,f‬ﻴﺮ اﻟ‪,‬ﻠ‪,X‬ﻨﺔ ﻣ‪ z‬ا‪k‬ﺳ] إﻟﻰ اﻟﺼ‪,‬ﻌﻮﺑ‪,‬ﺎت اﻟﺘﻰ ﻓُﺮ‪,c‬ﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ا‪k‬ﺳﺮ‬
‫اﻟ‪,l‬ﻠ‪h,T‬ﻴ‪,‬ﻨﻴ‪,‬ﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ‪,y‬ﺎو‪ W‬اﺳﺘ‪,‬ﺨﺮا‪ U‬ﺗ‪,‬ﺼﺎ‪Y‬ﻳﺢ ﺑ‪,‬ﻨﺎء ﻣ‪f,‬ﺮوﻋ‪,‬ﺔ ‪ .‬وﺗﺮى‬
‫اﻟ‪,‬ﻠ‪X,‬ﻨ‪,‬ﺔ أن ﻫ‪,‬ﺪ^ اﳌﻨ‪,‬ﺎ~‪ W‬ﳝ‪s,‬ﻞ ﻣﺨ‪,‬ﺎﻟ‪l,‬ﺔ ﻣ‪,‬ﺒ‪,‬ﺎﺷﺮة ﻻﻟ‪,‬ﺘ‪_,‬ا^ اﻟﺪو‪ W‬اﻟ‪h,‬ﺮف‬
‫ﺑ‪n,‬ﻤ‪,‬ﺎن [‪t u‬ﻞ ﺷﺨ‪,‬ﺺ دون ﺗﻤ‪,‬ﻴﻴ‪ _,‬ﺑﻌ‪,‬ﺪ^ اﳌ‪T‬ﺎس ﺗ‪,‬ﻌ‪l,T‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺎً ﺑﺒ‪,‬ﻴﺘ‪) e‬‬
‫اﳌﺎدة „‪ ( ١‬و[‪,‬ﺮﻳﺔ ا‪,Z‬ﺘﻴﺎ‪ Y‬ﻣ‪,‬ﻜﺎن إﻗ‪,‬ﺎﻣﺘ‪ ) , e‬اﳌ‪,‬ﺎدة •‪ ( ١‬واﳌ‪T‬ﺎواة‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺟ‪,‬ﻤﻴ‪ z‬ا‪k‬ﺷﺨﺎص أﻣﺎ^ اﻟﻘ‪,‬ﺎ‪V‬ﻮن واﻟﺘﻤﺘ‪ z‬ﺑ‪j‬ﻤ‪,‬ﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻘﺎ‪V‬ﻮن ﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫أﺳﺎس اﳌ‪T‬ﺎواة ) اﳌﺎدة ‪. « ( •€‬‬

‫) وﺛﻴﻘﺔ ا‪k‬ﱈ اﳌﺘ‪j‬ﺪة ‪Y‬ﻗﻢ ‪CCPR/C/79/Add. 93, para :‬‬


‫‪( 24‬‬

‫أﻣﺎ » اﻟﻌ‪,‬ﻬﺪ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ اﳋ‪,‬ﺎص ﺑﺎ‪d‬ﻘ‪,‬ﻮ‪ g‬اﻻﻗﺘﺼ‪,‬ﺎدﻳﺔ واﻻﺟﺘ‪,‬ﻤﺎﻋﻴ‪,‬ﺔ واﻟ‪s‬ﻘ‪,‬ﺎﻓﻴﺔ «‬


‫ﻓ‪,‬ﻬ‪,‬ﻮ ﻳ‪,‬ﻜ‪l,‬ﻞ ﻓﻰ اﳌ‪,‬ﺎدة ‪t u[ ١١‬ﻞ ﺷ‪,‬ﺨﺺ ﻓﻰ ا‪,d‬ﺼ‪,‬ﻮ‪ W‬ﻋ‪,‬ﻠﻰ اﳌ‪,T,‬ﺘ‪,‬ﻮى اﻟ‪,T,‬ﻜ‪,‬ﻨﻰ‬
‫اﻟ‪ ,umq‬وﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﳉﻨﺔ ا‪d‬ﻘﻮ‪ g‬اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ واﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ واﻟ‪s‬ﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﺎ‪k‬ﱈ اﳌﺘ‪j‬ﺪة ‪ ,‬ﻓﻰ‬
‫‪118‬‬ ‫‪Translation‬‬

‫ﺗ‪,‬ﻌﻠ‪,‬ﻴﻘﻬ‪,‬ﺎ ﻋﺎ^ ‪ ١‚‚ƒ‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ‪,‬ﺮ إﺳﺮا‪m‬ﻴﻞ ﺑ‪\f,‬ن ﺗﻨ‪l,‬ﻴ‪…,‬ﻫﺎ ﻟﻠ‪,‬ﻌﻬﺪ اﻟ‪,‬ﺪوﻟﻰ اﳌ…‪t‬ﻮ‪, Y‬‬
‫إ‪V‬ﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺮب ﻋﻦ أﺳ‪l‬ﻬﺎ » ﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮا‪ Y‬إﺳﺮا‪m‬ﻴﻞ ﻓﻰ |ﺎ‪Y‬ﺳﺔ ﻫﺪ^ اﳌﻨﺎ~‪. « ... W‬‬

‫) وﺛﻴﻘﺔ ا‪k‬ﱈ اﳌﺘ‪j‬ﺪة ‪Y‬ﻗﻢ ‪( E/C. 12/1/Add. 27, para 22 :‬‬

‫وﻓﻰ ﻣﺎ‪Y‬س‪/‬آ‪b‬ا‪ ١‚‚ƒ Y‬ﻓ‪j,‬ﺼﺖ » ﳉﻨ‪,‬ﺔ اﻟﻘ‪n,‬ﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘ‪,‬ﻤﻴﻴ‪ _,‬اﻟﻌ‪,‬ﻨﺼﺮى «‬


‫ﺑﺎ‪k‬ﱈ اﳌﺘ‪j‬ﺪة ﺗﻘ‪,‬ﺮﻳﺮ إﺳﺮا‪m‬ﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻨ‪l‬ﻴ…ﻫﺎ ‪[k‬ﻜﺎ^ » اﻻﺗ‪l‬ﺎﻗﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘ‪n‬ﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴ‪ z‬أﺷ‪,‬ﻜﺎ‪ W‬اﻟﺘ‪,‬ﻤﻴ‪,‬ﻴ_ اﻟ‪,‬ﻌﻨ‪,‬ﺼﺮى « ‪ ,‬وﻫﻰ اﻟ‪,‬ﺘﻰ ﺻﺎدﻗﺖ ﻋ‪,‬ﻠﻴ‪,‬ﻬﺎ إﺳﺮا‪,m‬ﻴﻞ ﻓﻰ ﻋﺎ^‬
‫‚„‚‪ , ١‬و‪i‬ﺎﻟ‪,‬ﺒﺖ » ﺑ‪,‬ﻮ‪,[ zc‬ﺪ ﻟﻬ‪,‬ﺪ^ اﳌ‪,‬ﻤ‪,‬ﺘﻠ‪,‬ﻜ‪,‬ﺎت اﻟﻌ‪,‬ﺮﺑ‪,‬ﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻘ‪,‬ﺪس اﻟ‪f,‬ﺮﻗ‪,‬ﻴﺔ ‪,‬‬
‫وﺑﺎ[ﺘﺮا^ [ﻘﻮ‪ g‬اﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑ‪o‬ﺾ اﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ا‪k‬ﺻﻞ اﻟﻌﺮﻗﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻟ‪. « a‬‬

‫‪(CERD/C/304/Add. 45,‬‬ ‫‪para 11‬‬ ‫)وﺛﻴﻘﺔ ا‪k‬ﱈ اﳌﺘ‪j‬ﺪة ‪Y‬ﻗﻢ ‪:‬‬


‫‪Translation‬‬ ‫‪119‬‬

‫‪8. Unit Fourteen‬‬


‫اﻟﻘﺎ‪V‬ﻮن ا}‪TV‬ﺎ‪V‬ﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‬

‫اﳌﻌ‪,‬ﺎﻫﺪة اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻨ‪h‬ﺒ‪ u‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﺪ‪,V‬ﻴﲔ اﻟ…ﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻴﻤﻮن ﻓﻰ أ‪Y‬ض ‪y‬ﺘﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﻮات دوﻟﺔ‬
‫أ‪Z‬ﺮى » ﻟﻴ‪T‬ﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮا‪i‬ﻨﻴﻬﺎ « ﻫﻰ اﺗ‪l‬ﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺟﻨﻴ] اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ اﳌ‪,‬ﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑ‪j‬ﻤﺎﻳﺔ اﳌﺪ‪V‬ﻴﲔ‬
‫ﻓﻰ ~ﻣﻦ ا‪,d‬ﺮب ‪ ,‬وإﺳ‪,‬ﺮا‪,m‬ﻴﻞ ﻣ‪,‬ﻦ ا‪ik‬ﺮاف اﻟ‪,T,‬ﺎﻣ‪,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻫ‪…,‬ه اﻻﺗ‪,l,‬ﺎﻗ‪,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺔ ‪ ,‬ﺑ‪,‬ﻌﺪ أن‬
‫ﺻﺎدﻗﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻋﺎ^ ‪. ١‚•١‬‬

‫وﻟﻘﺪ ا‪,V‬ﺘﻬﻜﺖ اﻟ‪,T‬ﻠ‪h‬ﺎت ا}ﺳﺮا‪,m‬ﻴﻠﻴﺔ ‪,{ ,‬ﻤﺎ‪Y‬ﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﻫ‪,‬ﺪ^ اﳌﻨﺎ~‪ , W‬اﳌﺎدة ‪ •٣‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﺗ‪l‬ﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺟﻨﻴ] اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ ‪:‬‬

‫» ﻳُ‪ْj‬ﻈَﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ اﶈ‪,‬ﺘﻠﺔ أن ﺗﻤﺎ‪Y‬س أى ﺗﺪﻣﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺎ‪Y‬ات أو‬


‫اﳌ‪,‬ﻨ‪,‬ﻘﻮﻻت اﻟ‪,‬ﺘﻰ ﳝﻠ‪,‬ﻜﻬ‪,‬ﺎ ا‪k‬ﺷﺨ‪,‬ﺎص إﻣ‪,‬ﺎ ﻓﺮدﻳ‪,‬ﺎً أو ﺟﻤ‪,‬ﺎﻋﻴ‪,‬ﺎً ‪ ,‬أو اﻟﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺗ‪,‬ﻤ‪,,‬ﻠ‪,‬ﻜ‪,‬ﻬ‪,‬ﺎ اﻟ‪,,‬ﺪوﻟ‪,‬ﺔ أو أى ﺳ‪,‬ﻠ‪,,h,‬ﺎت ﻋ‪,‬ﺎﻣ‪,‬ﺔ أ‪,Z‬ﺮى ‪ ,‬أو أى ﻣ‪,,‬ﻨ‪,‬ﻈ‪,‬ﻤ‪,‬ﺎت‬
‫اﺟ‪,,‬ﺘ‪,‬ﻤ‪,‬ﺎﻋ‪,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺔ أو ﺗ‪,‬ﻌ‪,‬ﺎو‪,V‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺔ ‪ ,‬إﻻ ﻓﻰ ا‪,d‬ﺎﻻت اﻟ‪,‬ﺘﻰ ﻳ‪,‬ﻜ‪,‬ﻮن ﻓ‪,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﻬ‪,‬ﺎ ﻫ‪…,‬ا‬
‫اﻟ‪,‬ﺘ‪,‬ﺪﻣﻴ‪,‬ﺮ ‪b‬ا ‪,c‬ﺮو‪Y‬ة ﻗﺼ‪,‬ﻮى ﺑ‪T,‬ﺒ‪ r,‬اﻟﻌ‪,‬ﻤ‪,‬ﻠﻴ‪,‬ﺎت اﻟ‪,‬ﻌ‪,T‬ﻜ‪,‬ﺮﻳﺔ « ‪[pls.‬‬
‫]‪. check‬‬

‫واﻟﻮا‪c‬ﺢ أن ﻫﺪ^ اﳌﻨﺎ~‪ W‬اﻟ‪…,‬ى ﺗﻤﺎ‪Y‬ﺳ‪ e‬إﺳﺮا‪m‬ﻴﻞ ﻓﻰ اﳌﻨﺎ‪ ui‬اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗ‪T‬ﻴ‪h‬ﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻰ اﻟ‪l,n‬ﺔ اﻟ‪o‬ﺮﺑﻴﺔ واﻟﻘ‪,‬ﺪس اﻟ‪f‬ﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﻟﻴ‪T‬ﺖ ﻟ‪,c » e‬ﺮو‪Y‬ة ﻋ‪T‬ﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﻗﺼﻮى « و‪y‬ﺪد‬
‫اﳌﺎدة „‪ ١٤‬ﻋﺪداً ﻣﻦ [ـ‪,‬ﺎﻻت » اﳋـﺮ‪ g‬اﳋ‪h‬ـ‪,‬ﻴﺮ « ﻻﺗ‪l,‬ﺎﻗ‪,‬ﻴـﺔ ﺟﻨ‪,‬ﻴ] وﺗـﺪ‪ UY‬ﻓ‪,‬ﻴﻬﺎ »‬
‫اﻟﺘﺪﻣﻴ‪,‬ﺮ اﻟﻮاﺳ‪ z‬اﻟﻨ‪,h‬ﺎ‪ g‬ﻟﻠﻤﻤﺘ‪,‬ﻠﻜﺎت واﻻﺳﺘ‪,‬ﻴ‪q‬ء ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ,‬دون أن ﻳ‪,‬ﻜﻮن ﻟ…ﻟ‪ a‬ﻣﺒﺮ‪Y‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟ‪,n,‬ﺮو‪Y‬ة اﻟـــ‪,‬ﻌ‪,T,‬ﻜ‪,‬ﺮﻳ‪,‬ﺔ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻞ اﻟـــ‪…,‬ى ﻳ‪X,‬ـ‪,‬ﺮى ﺑ‪,‬ﺼــ‪,‬ﻮ‪Y‬ة ﻏـ‪,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺮ ﻣ‪,f,‬ﺮوﻋ‪,‬ﺔ وﺑ‪,‬ﺼﻮ‪Y‬ة‬
‫ﺗﻌ‪lT‬ﻴﺔ « ‪.‬‬
120 Translation
‫‪Translation‬‬ ‫‪121‬‬

‫‪9. Unit Fifteen‬‬


‫اﻟﻨﺘﺎ‪ wm‬واﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﺎت‬

‫إن ﺳﻴﺎﺳ‪,‬ﺔ ﻫﺪ^ اﳌﻨﺎ~‪ , W‬اﻟ‪,‬ﻘﺎ‪m‬ﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘ‪q‬ﻋ‪ r‬ﻓﻰ آﻟﻴﺎت اﻟ‪,‬ﺘﺨ‪h‬ﻴﻂ )اﻟ‪,‬ﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ(‬
‫واﻟ‪,‬ﺘﻰ ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ا‪Y‬ﺗ‪,‬ﺒﺎ‪i‬ﺎً وﺛ‪,‬ﻴﻘﺎً {ﺼ‪,‬ﺎد‪Y‬ة ا‪Yk‬ا‪c‬ﻰ وﳕﻮ اﳌ‪,T‬ﺘﻮ‪i‬ﻨﺎت ا}ﺳ‪,‬ﺮا‪m‬ﻴﻠ‪,‬ﻴﺔ ‪ ,‬ﺗﻤ‪s‬ﻞ‬
‫ا‪,V‬ﺘﻬﺎ‪t‬ﺎً ‪,hZ‬ﻴﺮاً ﻳُﺮﺗﻜ‪,c r‬ﺪ اﻟ‪T‬ﻜﺎن اﻟ‪l,‬ﻠ‪,hT‬ﻴﻨﻴﲔ ﺑﺎﻟ‪ln,‬ﺔ اﻟ‪,o‬ﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪{ ,‬ﺎ ﻓ‪,‬ﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﻘﺪس‬
‫اﻟ‪f‬ﺮﻗﻴ‪,‬ﺔ ‪ .‬وﻗﺪ ﺗ‪T‬ﺒﺒﺖ ﻫ…ه اﻟ‪T‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺎﺳﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ اﳌﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺗ‪f‬ﺮﻳ‪,‬ﺪ اﻵﻻف ﻣﻦ اﻟ‪l‬ﻠ‪hT‬ﻴﻨﻴﲔ‬
‫‪ ,‬وﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ا‪lik‬ﺎ‪ , W‬إﻟﻰ ﺟﺎ‪ rV‬اﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻨ‪Tl‬ﻴﺔ اﳌﺼﺎ[ﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘ‪f‬ﺮﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫وﻟﻘﺪ أﺗﺖ ﻓﻰ أﻋﻘﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳉﺮا‪ x‬ﺑﻞ وﺑﺎﻟﻘﺘﻞ أ[ﻴﺎ‪V‬ﺎً ‪.‬‬

‫إن ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﻌ‪l‬ﻮ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻮ ا‪d‬ﻜﻮﻣﺔ ا}ﺳﺮا‪m‬ﻴﻠﻴﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ ‪:‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬أن ﺗ‪,[ z,n,‬ﺪاً ﻟ‪,T,,‬ﻴ‪,‬ﺎﺳ‪,,‬ﺔ اﻟ‪,‬ﺘ‪,,‬ﻤ‪,‬ﻴ‪,,‬ﻴ‪ _,‬اﻟ‪,,‬ﺘﻰ ﺗ‪,‬ﺘ‪T,,‬ﻢ {‪,‬ﻨ‪ z,‬إﺻ‪,‬ﺪا‪ Y‬ﺗ‪,‬ﺼ‪,,‬ﺎ‪Y‬ﻳﺢ اﻟ‪,,‬ﺒ‪,‬ﻨ‪,‬ﺎء‬
‫ﻟﻠ‪l‬ﻠ‪hT‬ﻴﻨﻴﲔ وإ~اﻟﺔ ﻣﻨﺎ~ﻟﻬﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫)•( أن ﺗ‪,‬ﻜ‪l‬ﻞ إﻟ‪,o‬ﺎء أواﻣﺮ ا}~اﻟ‪,‬ﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻨ‪ …l,‬ﺑ‪,‬ﻌـﺪ ‪ ,‬وإﻋﺎدة ﻣ‪`T,‬وﻟ‪,‬ﻴـﺔ اﻟﺘ‪,‬ﻨﻈﻴﻢ )‬
‫اﻟﺘﺨ‪h‬ﻴﻂ ( إﻟﻰ ا§ﺘﻤﻌﺎت اﶈﻠﻴـﺔ اﻟ‪l‬ﻠ‪hT‬ﻴﻨﻴـﺔ ﻓﻰ ‪t‬ﻞ ﻣﻨ‪h‬ﻘـﺔ ﻣﻦ اﳌﻨﺎ‪. ui‬‬

‫)‪ (٣‬أن ﺗﻠ‪o‬ﻰ اﻟﻘﻮا‪V‬ﲔ اﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴ_ﻳﺔ دون إﺑ‪h‬ﺎء ‪.‬‬

You might also like